{"title":"Templates for Lease Agreements","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe rental collection covers residential and commercial premises, subletting, villas, rooms, parking, berths, cars and other rentals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the options below. The product title shows the document type; open the product for full contents, formats and intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp data-mb-link-audit=\"2026-10-23-35-lease-selector\" lang=\"en\"\u003eUnsure which template fits? Read our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/olika-typer-av-hyresavtal-faq\" lang=\"sv\"\u003eguide to choosing a rental agreement (in Swedish)\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the options before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf","title":"Residential Lease Agreement Template – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential lease agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – an updated document package for residential leasing. The package includes a main Swedish template in Word\/PDF, an English reference version governed by Swedish law, and detailed user guides in Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe package is updated with the new Private Rental Act (2026:772), which entered into force on July 1, 2026, as well as current rules in Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential lease agreement – DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable main Swedish template.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential lease agreement – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready Swedish version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eExplains choice of law, rent, termination, permits, deposits, and security of tenure.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish reference – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish reference version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance on the same Swedish regulatory framework.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant from July 1, 2026: two different frameworks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe previous product version was primarily based on Chapter 12 of the Land Code. Since July 1, 2026, there is a new \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e for certain rentals of one's own home. Which framework applies affects, among other things, rent setting, termination, security of tenure, and when the agreement can be terminated prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains a specific choice-of-law section that must be completed before the agreement is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen does Chapter 12 of the Land Code apply?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code – often called the Tenancy Act – is still the central regulatory framework for many residential tenancy relationships. It applies, for example, to standard primary leasing, subleasing of a rental apartment, and situations where the Private Rental Act is not applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rules are largely mandatory for the tenant's benefit. A contractual term may therefore be void even if both parties have signed it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen can the Private Rental Act (2026:772) apply?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new law generally applies when a natural person or an estate grants, for compensation, a house or part of a house that is to be used wholly or to a not insignificant extent as a dwelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the law does not apply when, among other things, the landlord holds the home under a rental contract, for holiday rentals, or when the landlord regularly rents out more than two apartments that do not constitute part of their own home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe older Act (2012:978) on the Rental of Private Homes was repealed on July 1, 2026, but still applies to agreements concluded under that act before its entry into force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent – different rules depending on the form of rental\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard subleasing according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor subleasing, there are specific rules regarding reasonable rent. For a rental apartment, the rent may normally not exceed the primary rent plus permitted surcharges. Surcharges for furniture and other equipment may, according to current rules, not exceed 15 percent of the rent the landlord pays themselves, and surcharges for other utilities may not exceed actual costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate Rental Act from July 1, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor new agreements covered by the Private Rental Act (2026:772), the rent must be agreed upon as a specific amount. Separate charges for, for example, electricity, hot water, and water can be agreed upon based on actual consumption costs. Upon request, the Rent Tribunal may review the rent and lower it when the conditions of the law are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe older cost-based model according to the 2012 Private Rental Act should therefore not be used routinely for new agreements after July 1, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLease period and termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has separate options for open-ended and fixed-term agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fixed-term agreement normally ends at the end of the rental period. The tenant may always terminate the agreement to the turn of a month occurring at least three months after the notice. For open-ended agreements, the law also provides for three months' notice to the turn of a month.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e the main rule for residential rent is also three months' notice to the turn of a month for open-ended agreements, but the rules for fixed-term agreements and different situations must be assessed according to the Tenancy Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSecurity of tenure differs between the frameworks. Agreements covered by the new Private Rental Act do not have the same security of tenure as residential leases under Chapter 12 of the Land Code. In standard subleasing, however, security of tenure may arise, normally after more than two years in succession. A waiver of security of tenure should be handled with the correct separate document and, when the rules require it, be reviewed by the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePermit for subleasing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the person sub-letting holds the property under a rental contract, the landlord's consent or permission from the Rent Tribunal is normally required for subleasing. For cooperative apartments (bostadsrätt), the consent of the cooperative housing association or permission from the Rent Tribunal is normally required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the agreement is signed before the permit is in place, it should be made explicitly conditional upon the necessary permit being obtained. The template contains such an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLate rent payment – different time limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential leases under Chapter 12 of the Land Code, payment delays of more than one week after the due date can constitute grounds for forfeiture. According to the Private Rental Act (2026:772), a delay of more than two weeks is instead stated as grounds for the landlord's right to terminate the agreement prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis does not mean that eviction happens automatically when the time limit is exceeded. Rules regarding notifications, correction, recovery, and procedure must be considered where they are applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDeposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a clear deposit section for amount, payment date, what the deposit may be used for, and how the refund is to be handled. A deposit should not be described as an extra fee or automatically fall to the landlord at the end of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInspection, inventory, and condition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe document has space for move-in inspection, inventory list, number of keys, and documented defects. Photo and attachment documentation is recommended as it can reduce the risk of later disputes regarding damages and normal wear and tear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTenant's duty of care and damages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement distinguishes between normal wear and tear and damages for which the tenant is responsible. The landlord's statutory obligations cannot generally be transferred to the tenant via a standard clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLandlord's access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe landlord does not have an unlimited right to enter the home. The template refers to the legal situations where access may be required, for example, supervision or necessary work, and does not contain any general \"free access\" clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePets, smoking, and house rules\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere are optional fields for pets, smoking, and specific house rules. Such terms must still be compatible with mandatory law, association rules, and the circumstances of the individual tenancy relationship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template provides the option to specify requirements for home insurance and liability for various insurance policies. The parties should check with their insurance companies that the rental is covered by the correct insurance protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish reference included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language reference governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not a British or American lease agreement. The Swedish version is the master version in this product package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-engelska-residential-lease-agreement-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould you like the English version as the main product? See Residential Lease Agreement – Swedish Law →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen individual advice is particularly appropriate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSeek individual advice in cases of uncertainty regarding which framework applies, very long-term leases, multiple rented properties, block leasing, corporate leasing, disputes about reasonable rent, waiver of security of tenure, forfeiture\/eviction, or more complex ownership and usufruct relationships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish main version + English reference.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 pages in the four documents.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Private Rental Act always apply when a private individual rents out property?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The scope of the act has several limitations. For example, renting out a home that the landlord themselves holds under a rental contract falls outside the scope of the act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I set any rent I want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Tenancy rules differ between the frameworks, and the rent can be subject to review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a permit to sublet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOften yes. Rental contracts and cooperative apartments have different permit rules. Check that the correct consent or permit is in place before the rental begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the subtenant have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on which framework applies and how long the tenancy has lasted. Therefore, security of tenure should not be handled with a general standard wording.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the template guarantee that the agreement is valid in every situation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The template is a general documentation support. Applicable law, mandatory rules, permits, and the actual circumstances must be correct in the individual case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation support under Swedish law and does not replace individual legal advice. The agreement must be adapted to the correct form of rental and the parties' actual circumstances.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003csection class=\"mb-related-guide\" data-mb-link-audit=\"2026-10-23-34-hyresguide\" lang=\"en\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRead the guide before choosing a lease agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent rental situations can require different contracts. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-och-hyreskontrakt-en-utforlig-guide\" lang=\"sv\"\u003eguide to Swedish lease agreements (in Swedish)\u003c\/a\u003e to compare residential leases, subletting, private rentals and commercial premises before choosing a document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48178621874518,"sku":"7350139912792","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/bostadshyresavtal-hero-2027.png?v=1791257609"},{"product_id":"bostadshyresavtal-mall-engelska-residential-lease-agreement-word-pdf","title":"Residential Lease Agreement – Swedish Law | English Word\/PDF + Swedish reference + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Lease Agreement governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – an English-first document package for residential letting in Sweden. The package includes an editable English Word\/PDF agreement, a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eUpdated for the new Swedish Private Letting Act (Privatuthyrningslag 2026:772), in force since 1 July 2026, and for current Chapter 12 Land Code rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Lease Agreement – DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable English primary template governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Lease Agreement – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready English version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eExplains legal regime, rent, notice, consent, deposit and security of tenure.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference agreement – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for landlords, tenants, advisers and authorities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eCorresponding Swedish-language guidance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant from 1 July 2026: two separate Swedish regimes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe older version of this product mainly referred to Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code. Since 1 July 2026, Sweden also has a new \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Letting Act (Privatuthyrningslag 2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e for certain residential lettings by natural persons and estates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe applicable regime affects rent, notice, security of tenure and early termination. The template therefore begins with a dedicated legal-regime selection block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen does Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code apply?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code – often called the Swedish Tenancy Act or \u003cem\u003ehyreslagen\u003c\/em\u003e – remains the principal framework for many residential tenancies. Typical examples include first-hand residential letting, subletting of a tenancy and arrangements that fall outside the Private Letting Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMany provisions are mandatory in favour of the tenant. A contractual clause can therefore be ineffective even if both parties have signed it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen can the Private Letting Act (2026:772) apply?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new Act generally applies where a natural person or an estate lets a house or part of a house for residential use against payment, subject to the statutory exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not apply, among other situations, where the landlord holds the dwelling under a tenancy, where the letting is for holiday purposes, or where the landlord regularly lets more than two dwellings that are not part of the landlord's own home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe former 2012 Act on private letting was repealed on 1 July 2026 but continues to govern agreements entered into under that Act before the new legislation took effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent – the correct rule depends on the letting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSubletting under Chapter 12\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a sublet tenancy, rent is generally limited by the rent paid by the primary tenant plus permitted additions. For furniture and equipment, the permitted addition may not exceed 15% of the primary rent, while charges for other included utilities may not exceed the landlord's actual cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate Letting Act from 1 July 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor agreements governed by the new Private Letting Act, rent is agreed as a fixed amount. Separate charges for items such as electricity, hot water or water can be based on actual consumption costs. The Swedish Rent Tribunal may review and reduce the rent where the statutory conditions are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe former cost-based formula under the repealed 2012 Act should therefore not automatically be used for new agreements entered after 1 July 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTerm and notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has separate options for indefinite and fixed-term leases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Letting Act:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fixed-term agreement normally ends at the agreed end date. A tenant may always give notice to a month-end occurring at the earliest three months after notice. For indefinite agreements, the statutory framework also uses a three-month notice period to month-end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 Land Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e the main rule for an indefinite residential tenancy is also three months to a month-end, while fixed-term agreements are subject to the Land Code's specific rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSecurity of tenure differs between the regimes. Agreements governed by the new Private Letting Act do not provide the same security of tenure as ordinary residential tenancy under Chapter 12. In ordinary subletting, security of tenure may arise, commonly after more than two consecutive years. Any waiver should be handled using the correct separate procedure and, where required, with the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConsent and permission for subletting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the person letting the dwelling is a tenant, subletting normally requires the primary landlord's consent or permission from the Rent Tribunal. For a condominium, the owner normally needs the condominium association's consent or permission from the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the lease is signed before approval has been obtained, the agreement should clearly state that it is conditional upon the required consent or permission. The template includes this option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLate payment – different statutory thresholds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder Chapter 12 of the Land Code, residential rent that remains unpaid for more than one week after the due date may constitute a ground for forfeiture. Under the Private Letting Act, more than two weeks' delay is identified as a ground for the landlord to terminate the agreement early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis does not mean that eviction follows automatically. Statutory notice, cure, reinstatement and procedural rules may still have to be followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDeposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes a structured deposit section for amount, payment date, permitted deductions and repayment. A deposit should not be treated as an automatic additional fee or automatically retained at the end of the tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCondition report, inventory and evidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes fields for move-in inspection, inventory, keys, meter readings and known defects. Photo documentation and signed attachments are recommended to reduce later disputes about damage and normal wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTenant care obligations and damage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement distinguishes ordinary wear from damage for which the tenant may be responsible. Statutory landlord duties cannot simply be transferred to the tenant through a generic clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLandlord access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe landlord does not have unrestricted access to the dwelling. The template refers only to circumstances in which access is permitted under Swedish law and the agreement, for example necessary inspection or urgent work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOccupants, pets, smoking and house rules\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOptional fields are included for occupants, pets, smoking and additional house rules. Such terms still need to comply with mandatory law, condominium or property rules and the circumstances of the particular tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement allows the parties to record insurance responsibilities and whether the tenant should maintain home insurance. Both parties should confirm that their insurance actually covers the relevant letting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish primary – Swedish reference included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English agreement is the primary version in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference. Both versions are structured around Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is not a UK or US residential lease.\u003c\/strong\u003e English terminology is used to make the document easier to work with internationally, but the legal framework is Swedish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer the Swedish-first product? See Bostadshyresavtal – Word\/PDF + English + användarguide →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen individual advice is particularly appropriate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual legal review is recommended if the applicable regime is uncertain, for long-term letting, multiple rented dwellings, block letting, corporate landlords or tenants, a dispute about rent, waiver of security of tenure, forfeiture\/eviction, or more complex ownership and occupancy arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English primary version + Swedish reference.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal pages:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 across the four documents.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Private Letting Act always apply when a private person lets a home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Act has several statutory exclusions. For example, it does not apply when the landlord themselves holds the dwelling under a tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the landlord charge any rent they want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The applicable rent rules depend on the legal regime, and rent may be subject to review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs permission required for subletting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOften yes. Tenancies and condominiums have different consent rules. Check that the correct approval has been obtained before the letting begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a subtenant have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on which statutory regime applies and how long the tenancy has continued. Security of tenure should therefore not be handled with a generic waiver clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the template guarantee that every lease will be valid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The package is a general documentation aid. The correct legal regime, mandatory rules, required permissions and the actual circumstances of the letting must be assessed in each case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid governed by Swedish law and does not replace individual legal advice. The agreement must be adapted to the correct type of letting and the parties' actual circumstances.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-related-guide\" data-mb-link-audit=\"english-templates-20261021\" aria-label=\"Related legal guidance\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGuidance: Lease agreements in English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn English residential lease agreement for a home in Sweden must take into account which Swedish tenancy legislation applies. Read the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/news\/engelska-dokumentmallar-svensk-ratt-avtal-fullmakter\"\u003eguide on English legal document templates under Swedish law\u003c\/a\u003e for language requirements, formal requirements, translations and practical checklist questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48178723389782,"sku":"7350139912808","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/residential-lease-swedish-law-hero-2027.png?v=1791265584"},{"product_id":"lokalhyresavtal-mall-word-pdf","title":"Commercial lease agreement – Word\/PDF + English + user guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – an updated document package for leasing office, retail, warehouse, and other business premises. The package includes a main Swedish template in Word\/PDF, an English reference, and detailed user guides in Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe package is reviewed against current regulations in Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code regarding commercial leasing, including lease terms, rent\/index, assignment, subletting, forfeiture, indirect security of tenure, changes to terms, mediation, and compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement – DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable Swedish main template.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready Swedish version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eExplains lease terms, indexation, VAT, security of tenure, and termination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish reference – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish reference version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance for the same Swedish regulatory framework.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat counts as business premises?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder the Swedish Land Code, premises are defined as any unit not intended to be used, in whole or to a non-negligible extent, as a residence. This includes, for example, offices, shops, warehouses, workshops, studios, or other business premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial leasing differs from residential leasing in several important respects. The template is therefore specially designed for commercial\/business tenancies and should not be used as a residential lease agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLease term and termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template provides separate options for open-ended and fixed-term agreements. For premises leased indefinitely, the legal default rule is that the agreement must be terminated to end at the turn of the month occurring closest to nine months after the notice of termination, unless a longer notice period has been agreed upon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEven fixed-term commercial agreements that have lasted longer than nine months must, as a general rule, be terminated to expire. The parties should therefore carefully fill in the lease term, notice period, and any renewal period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent and indexation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe base rent is stated as a fixed amount. For fixed-term commercial agreements lasting at least three years, the parties may use a different basis for calculating rent, such as a correctly drafted index clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore distinguishes between the base rent and an optional index component. The index clause should not be used mechanically in shorter agreements where the statutory requirements for such a basis of calculation are not met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVAT on commercial rent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, the leasing of real estate is exempt from VAT. Under certain conditions, the landlord may opt for voluntary tax liability for business premises and charge VAT on the rent. The template therefore includes a separate option for VAT rather than automatically adding VAT to all commercial rents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties should verify the current VAT treatment before signing the agreement, especially when the premises are used for mixed or VAT-exempt activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePermitted use of the premises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes a specific field for the exact permitted business activity. The tenant may not, without further ado, use the premises for a purpose substantially different from the agreed one. In long-term tenancies, the Rent Tribunal may, under certain conditions, permit a change of use, but this does not replace the need for a clear contract clause from the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance, installations, and restoration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template distinguishes between the landlord's and the tenant's responsibility for, for example, surface finishes, installations, maintenance, repairs, and regulatory requirements. For business premises, a clear allocation of responsibility is particularly important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChanges, installations, signage, and other alterations should require written approval where relevant. The agreement also contains a separate section regarding restoration upon the end of the tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFire safety and regulatory requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe document includes a specific section on systematic fire protection work and responsibility for the regulatory requirements resulting from the agreed business activity. The allocation of responsibility should be adapted to the specific premises and operations rather than being assumed to be identical in every commercial lease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssignment and subletting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe tenant may not freely assign the lease or sublet the premises. The rules differ between various situations, including when a business is assigned together with the premises. The agreement therefore requires necessary consent or permission and avoids general wording that could give a misleading impression of free assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLate rent payment and forfeiture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor commercial premises, a delay in rent payment of more than two working days after the due date may constitute grounds for forfeiture under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code. This does not mean that eviction happens automatically. Statutory notifications, rules regarding rectification and \"recovery,\" and proper procedures may still need to be followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn certain situations, the commercial tenant can recover the leasehold by paying within two weeks of the prescribed notification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eIndirect security of tenure – important after nine months\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA commercial tenant does not normally have the right to force an extension in the same way as a residential tenant. Instead, \u003cstrong\u003eindirect security of tenure\u003c\/strong\u003e may arise once the tenancy has lasted longer than nine months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAmong other things, this may grant a right to financial compensation if the landlord refuses to extend the lease or demands unreasonable terms and no statutory exemption applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA waiver of indirect security of tenure should not be hidden in the lease agreement itself. It must be made in a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate document\u003c\/strong\u003e, and approval from the Rent Tribunal is required in many situations. Therefore, the package refers to the correct separate HN3\/HN5 procedure rather than including a simplified waiver clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompensation in case of wrongful termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a commercial tenant is entitled to compensation under the rules of indirect security of tenure, the statutory minimum is an amount equivalent to one year's rent according to the terminated agreement. In addition, further reasonable compensation for economic loss may apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMarket rent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dispute over extension terms, the market rent of the premises is assessed, primarily based on rents for comparable premises in the area. An index clause or previous rent therefore does not guarantee that a future term will always be considered reasonable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTermination for moving out or changing terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial leasing has strict rules regarding termination. If the landlord terminates the agreement, the notice must, in relevant cases, state the terms required for an extension or why an extension is being refused, and inform the tenant that they must refer the dispute to the Rent Tribunal within two months to protect their rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEven a commercial tenant terminating an agreement for a change in terms must phrase the notice correctly and may need to apply for mediation within two months. A procedural error can have significant consequences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity, deposit, and guarantee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains separate options for a deposit, bank guarantee, and other security. The amount, validity period, what the security may be used for, and the conditions for its return should be expressly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can specify requirements for business, property, and liability insurance, as well as who is responsible for the building's insurance. Insurance requirements should be adapted to the operations actually conducted in the premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish reference included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language reference governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not a British or American commercial lease agreement. The Swedish version is the main version in this product package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/lokalhyresavtal-mall-engelska-commercial-lease-agreement\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould you like the English version as the main product? See Commercial Lease Agreement – Swedish Law →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen individual advice is especially appropriate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual legal or tax advice is particularly appropriate for long-term or financially significant tenancies, major adaptation investments, complicated index clauses, turnover-based rent, voluntary VAT, waivers of security of tenure, business transfers, environmental or regulatory requirements, forfeiture, termination, or changes to terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish main version + English reference.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 pages in the four documents.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a commercial tenant have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, after more than nine months, the commercial tenant can normally obtain indirect security of tenure. This protection primarily means a possibility for compensation and mediation, not a general right to always have the agreement extended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan security of tenure be waived directly in the lease agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA waiver must be made in a separate document. Rent Tribunal approval is often required, although there are specific situations where the law allows for a waiver without approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the rent be indexed every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA basis other than a fixed rent amount can be used under the statutory conditions, including for fixed-term commercial agreements of at least three years. The clause must be correctly drafted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould VAT always be added to commercial rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Leasing of real estate is normally VAT-exempt, but voluntary tax liability can be used if the conditions are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the template guarantee that all commercial tenancies will be legally correct?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The package is a general documentation aid. The use of the premises, the result of negotiations, mandatory regulations, tax\/VAT, and the actual circumstances must be assessed in each individual case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid under Swedish law and does not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated guides under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-och-hyreskontrakt-en-utforlig-guide\"\u003eRead the guide to rental agreements and leases\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/olika-typer-av-hyresavtal-faq\"\u003eHow to choose the appropriate rental agreement\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe guides are in Swedish and explain matters under Swedish law.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48178825658710,"sku":"7350139912815","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/lokalhyresavtal-hero-2027.png?v=1791266815"},{"product_id":"lokalhyresavtal-mall-engelska-commercial-lease-agreement","title":"Commercial Lease Agreement – Swedish Law | English Word\/PDF + Swedish reference + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – an English-first document package for offices, shops, warehouses and other business premises in Sweden. The package includes an editable English Word\/PDF agreement, a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against current Chapter 12 Swedish Land Code rules on commercial premises, including term and notice, rent\/indexation, assignment\/subletting, forfeiture, indirect security of tenure, change-of-terms notices, mediation and compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement – DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable English primary template governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Lease Agreement – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready English version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eGuidance on notice, CPI\/indexation, VAT, security of tenure and formal termination steps.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference lease – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for landlords, tenants, advisers and authorities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eCorresponding Swedish-language guidance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat counts as commercial premises under Swedish law?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, commercial premises are premises that are not let wholly or to a material extent for residential use. This can include offices, shops, warehouses, workshops, studios and other business premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial leases differ materially from residential tenancies. This package is therefore specifically structured for business premises and should not be used as a residential lease agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTerm and notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes separate choices for indefinite and fixed-term leases. For an indefinite commercial lease, the statutory default notice period is generally nine months to the relevant lease end point unless a longer period has been agreed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA fixed-term lease for commercial premises that has lasted longer than nine consecutive months generally also requires notice in order to end. The lease term, notice period and any renewal cycle should therefore be completed carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent and CPI\/indexation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBase rent is entered as a fixed amount. For a fixed-term commercial lease with a term of at least three years, the parties may use another calculation basis for the rent, such as a properly drafted CPI\/indexation clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore separates base rent from optional indexation. CPI indexation should not be inserted mechanically in shorter leases where the statutory conditions for an alternative calculation basis are not satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVAT on commercial rent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLetting real property is normally exempt from Swedish VAT. Voluntary VAT taxation can, however, be used for qualifying commercial premises when the statutory conditions are met. The agreement therefore contains a separate VAT choice rather than automatically adding VAT to every commercial lease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties should verify the actual VAT treatment before signing, especially where the premises are used for mixed, exempt or changing business activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePermitted use of the premises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains a dedicated field for the permitted business\/use. A tenant may not simply use the premises for a materially different purpose than agreed. In some long-running leases, the Rent Tribunal may permit a change of use where the statutory conditions are met, but this does not remove the need for a clear use clause in the original agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance, alterations and reinstatement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template separates landlord and tenant responsibilities for surfaces, installations, servicing, repairs and business-specific requirements. Clear allocation is especially important for commercial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlterations, installations, signage and structural changes can be made subject to written approval. The agreement also includes a separate reinstatement section for the end of the tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFire safety, permits and regulatory compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes fields for systematic fire-safety allocation and responsibilities arising from the tenant's specific business. The correct allocation depends on the building and the activity carried out in the premises and should therefore be documented rather than assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssignment and subletting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA commercial tenant does not have an unrestricted right to assign the lease or sublet the premises. Swedish law distinguishes between different situations, including transfer of a business together with the lease. The agreement therefore requires the consent or permission that is legally necessary instead of suggesting that transfer or subletting is automatically permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLate rent and forfeiture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor commercial premises, rent remaining unpaid for more than two business days after the due date can constitute a statutory ground for forfeiture under Chapter 12 of the Land Code. This does not mean eviction occurs automatically. Statutory notice, cure, reinstatement and procedural requirements can still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn qualifying cases, a commercial tenant may reinstate the tenancy by paying within two weeks after the prescribed statutory notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eIndirect security of tenure after more than nine months\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA commercial tenant generally gains \u003cstrong\u003eindirect security of tenure\u003c\/strong\u003e once the tenancy has lasted longer than nine consecutive months, unless a valid waiver or statutory exception applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is not an unconditional right to remain in the premises. Instead, the tenant may have a right to compensation where renewal is refused or unreasonable renewal terms are demanded and no statutory exception applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the statutory right to compensation applies, the minimum compensation under Chapter 12 section 58 b is an amount corresponding to one annual rent under the terminated lease. Additional reasonable compensation for further financial loss can also be relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWaiver of indirect security of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA waiver should not be hidden inside the main lease. Swedish law requires a separately executed document. Rent Tribunal approval is the main rule where the waiver is entered into before the tenancy has lasted more than nine months, subject to specific statutory exceptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial HN3\/HN5 procedures should therefore be used where relevant instead of relying on a generic waiver sentence in the main lease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTermination for vacation or change of terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial lease notices are formally demanding. A landlord terminating for vacation or altered terms must, where the statutory rules apply, specify the renewal terms demanded or the reason renewal is refused and inform the tenant of the two-month deadline for referring the dispute to the Rent Tribunal for mediation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA defective landlord notice can be ineffective. A tenant terminating for a change of terms must likewise state the requested changes and refer the matter to the Rent Tribunal within two months if the parties do not reach agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMarket rent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn renewal disputes, requested rent is assessed against market rent – the rent the premises can be expected to command on the open market at the end of the lease. Comparable premises in the locality are the primary reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity, deposit and guarantees\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes separate options for a cash deposit, bank guarantee, parent-company guarantee or another agreed security. The amount, duration, permitted use and release conditions should be documented clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can record requirements for business, property and liability insurance and who is responsible for building insurance. The insurance arrangements should reflect the actual business operated in the premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish primary – Swedish reference included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English agreement is the primary version in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference. Both versions are governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is not a UK or US commercial lease template.\u003c\/strong\u003e English terminology is used to make the agreement easier to work with internationally, but the legal framework remains Swedish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/lokalhyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer the Swedish-first product? See Lokalhyresavtal – Word\/PDF + English + användarguide →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen individual advice is particularly appropriate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual legal or tax advice is particularly appropriate for long or high-value leases, substantial tenant improvements, turnover rent, complex CPI\/indexation arrangements, voluntary VAT taxation, waiver of security of tenure, business transfers, environmental or regulatory requirements, forfeiture, termination or change-of-terms proceedings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English primary version + Swedish reference.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal pages:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 across the four documents.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a commercial tenant have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGenerally yes after more than nine months, but the protection is indirect. It principally concerns compensation, mediation and related rights rather than an unconditional right to remain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan security of tenure be waived inside the main lease?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe waiver must be made in a separately executed document. Rent Tribunal approval is commonly required, subject to statutory exceptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the rent be indexed every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn alternative calculation basis such as CPI indexation can be used when the statutory conditions are met, including for certain fixed-term commercial leases of at least three years. The clause should be drafted carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs VAT always added to commercial rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Real-property letting is generally VAT exempt. Voluntary VAT taxation may be used where the statutory requirements are satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this template guarantee the outcome of every commercial tenancy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The package is a general documentation aid. The permitted use, negotiated commercial terms, mandatory law, VAT\/tax treatment and the actual circumstances must be assessed in each case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid governed by Swedish law and does not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48178888474966,"sku":"7350139912822","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/commercial-lease-swedish-law-hero-2027.png?v=1791268259"},{"product_id":"mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-word-pdf","title":"Subletting agreement – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLease agreement for subletting under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – an updated 2026\/2027 package for subletting rental apartments (hyresrätt), owner-occupied apartments (bostadsrätt), and other privately owned homes. The package includes a main Swedish template in Word\/PDF, an English reference, and detailed user guides in Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eUpdated for the Private Rental Act (2026:772), the amendments to Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code (jordabalken), and the 2026 regulations regarding the subletting of owner-occupied apartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLease agreement – subletting DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable Swedish master template.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLease agreement – subletting PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready Swedish version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eExplains choice of regulations, permits, rent, notice, and security of tenure.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish reference – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish reference version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance on the same Swedish rules.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant legal amendment from July 1, 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe older product version conflated the rules for rental apartments and owner-occupied apartments and still described the rent for owner-occupied apartments using the 2012 capital cost model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e entered into force on July 1, 2026. It applies to certain sublettings of privately owned homes, but \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e when the sublessor holds the property as a rental apartment. In that case, Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code applies instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the template begins with a specific rule-selection step to ensure the correct provisions are applied before the agreement is completed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubletting a rental apartment (hyresrätt)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone renting a rental apartment who allows someone else to use the entire home independently normally requires the landlord's consent. If the landlord says no, the primary tenant can apply for permission from the Rent Tribunal (Hyresnämnden).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePermission normally requires valid reasons, such as temporary work or studies in another location, illness, or cohabitation trials. The sublessor remains responsible toward their own landlord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubletting an owner-occupied apartment (bostadsrätt)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, an owner-occupier needs the board's consent for subletting. If the board refuses, the Rent Tribunal can grant permission if the owner-occupier has grounds for the sublet and the association does not have reasonable cause to object.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the 2026 wording, previous sublets are only to be taken into account when they have occurred to a significant extent. Permission from the Rent Tribunal must be limited to a specific time period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReasonable rent for a sublet rental apartment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen subletting under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, the rent may not exceed the rent the sublessor pays themselves, plus permitted surcharges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and other equipment: a maximum of \u003cstrong\u003e15%\u003c\/strong\u003e of the sublessor's own rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eElectricity, broadband, parking, and other utilities: no more than the sublessor's actual costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eWhen renting out only part of the home, the base rent must be pro-rated according to the extent of the sublet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent when the Private Rental Act (2026:772) applies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor new agreements falling under the Private Rental Act, the rent must be agreed upon as a specific amount. The parties may additionally agree on certain consumption-based utilities in accordance with the law's provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rent Tribunal can review the rent against the new law's comparative model. The old model from the 2012 law – capital costs based on the home's market value plus operating costs – should therefore not be used automatically for new agreements after July 1, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act also permits index clauses under specific conditions. The party wishing to implement an index adjustment must notify the other party in writing, and as a general rule, the previous rent must have applied for at least one year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOvercharging and refunds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor sublets covered by Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, the Rent Tribunal can order a refund if the sublessor has charged rent exceeding a reasonable level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA decision according to Chapter 12, Section 55f can cover a maximum of \u003cstrong\u003etwo years\u003c\/strong\u003e prior to the application date. If the subtenant has already vacated the home, the application must normally have been received by the Rent Tribunal within \u003cstrong\u003ethree months of moving out\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLease term and notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has separate selections for open-ended and fixed-term agreements and warns against using the same termination clause regardless of the legal framework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Swedish Land Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e an open-ended agreement for a home can, as a general rule, be terminated to the end of the month occurring three months after the notice. The tenant always has a statutory right to terminate a residential lease with three months' notice to the end of the month.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fixed-term agreement normally ends on the agreed end date. The tenant is always allowed to terminate the agreement to the end of the month, at the earliest three months after the notice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA subtenant renting a rental apartment under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code normally gains security of tenure only after the sublet has lasted for more than \u003cstrong\u003etwo consecutive years\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the parties need to agree on a waiver of security of tenure, this must be done in a specially prepared document using the correct form and procedure. The same system of security of tenure does not apply under the Private Rental Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLate rent payment – different time limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential leases under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, a delay in payment of more than \u003cstrong\u003eone week\u003c\/strong\u003e after the due date can constitute grounds for forfeiture. Under the Private Rental Act, a delay of more than \u003cstrong\u003etwo weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e is specified as grounds for the sublessor to terminate the agreement prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis does not mean automatic eviction. Statutory rules regarding rectification, recovery, and procedures may still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity deposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has a separate section for deposits regarding the amount, payment date, which documented claims may be offset, and when the refund is to take place. The deposit is not described as an automatic fee that the sublessor may keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInspection, inventory, and keys\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMove-in inspection, inventory lists, known defects, keys, and photo\/video documentation can be documented in the agreement or as attachments. This reduces the risk of later disputes regarding damages and normal wear and tear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDuty of care, conduct, and further subletting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe subtenant must take care of the home and follow applicable rules of conduct and association rules. The template does not contain any general right to sublet the home further or transfer the agreement without the necessary consent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish reference included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language reference governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Swedish version is the master version in this product package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-engelska\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould you like the English version as the primary product? See Sublease Agreement Template – Swedish Law →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen individual advice is particularly appropriate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConsider individual advice for long-term subletting, multiple sublet properties, uncertainty regarding which law applies, very high rent, disputes over permits, security of tenure, forfeiture\/eviction, or major damage claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish master version + English reference.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 pages across the four documents.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Private Rental Act apply when I sublet my rental apartment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Private Rental Act (2026:772) expressly does not apply when the sublessor themselves holds the home as a rental apartment. In that case, Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code is the starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAm I allowed to add 15% for furniture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen subletting a rental apartment under the Land Code, surcharges for furniture and other equipment may not exceed 15% of the sublessor's own rent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a subtenant get overcharged rent back?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in situations where the refund rules of Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code apply, the Rent Tribunal can decide on a refund of unreasonable rent according to the time limits specified by law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a permit even if I don't charge rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, independent use of a rental apartment or owner-occupied apartment can constitute subletting even without rent. The permit rules must therefore be checked separately from the question of compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the rules the same for rental apartments and owner-occupied apartments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the main reason why the new template has a specific rule-selection step. Permits, rent setting, and security of tenure can differ significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid under Swedish law and does not replace individual legal advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelevant rental agreement guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/andrahandsuthyrning-faq-en-omfattande-guide\"\u003eRules for subletting a home under Swedish law\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/olika-typer-av-hyresavtal-faq\"\u003eChoosing the right rental agreement\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe links lead to Swedish-language guides.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48178936119638,"sku":"7350139912839","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/andrahandsuthyrning-hero-2027.png?v=1791306213"},{"product_id":"mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-engelska","title":"Sublease Agreement – Swedish Law | English Word\/PDF + Swedish reference + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAndrahandsavtal styrt av svensk rätt\u003c\/strong\u003e – ett engelskspråkigt dokumentpaket 2026\/2027 för andrahandsuthyrning av bostäder och privat uthyrning i Sverige. Paketet innehåller ett redigerbart engelskt avtal i Word\/PDF-format, en svensk referensversion samt detaljerade användarguider på båda språken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJuridiskt granskat: 6 oktober 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eUppdaterat för lagen om privatuthyrning (2026:772), 2026 års ändringar i 12 kap. jordabalken samt gällande regler i bostadsrättslagen om andrahandsuthyrning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVad ingår?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAndrahandsavtal – DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eRedigerbar engelsk primärmall styrd av svensk rätt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAndrahandsavtal – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eUtskriftsklar engelsk version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngelsk användarguide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eFörklarar upplåtelseform, tillstånd, hyra, uppsägning, oskälig hyra och besittningsskydd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSvenskt referensavtal – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSvensk referensversion för hyresvärdar, hyresgäster, bostadsrättsföreningar och rådgivare.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSvensk referensguide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eMotsvarande vägledning på svenska.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eViktigt från 1 juli 2026: identifiera rätt svenskt regelverk först\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDen äldre produktversionen blandade ihop reglerna för andrahandsuthyrning av hyresrätt och uthyrning av privatbostad. Sveriges nya \u003cstrong\u003elag om privatuthyrning (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e trädde i kraft den 1 juli 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDen nya lagen är \u003cstrong\u003einte\u003c\/strong\u003e tillämplig när andrahandsuthyraren själv innehar bostaden med hyresrätt. En bostadsrätt eller annan privatbostad som hyrs ut av en fysisk person eller ett dödsbo kan däremot omfattas av privatuthyrningslagen om dess lagstadgade villkor är uppfyllda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMallen börjar därför med ett val av rättsligt regelverk innan övriga villkor fylls i.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAndrahandsuthyrning av hyresrätt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEn förstahandshyresgäst som låter en annan person använda lägenheten självständigt behöver i regel hyresvärdens samtycke. Om samtycke vägras kan tillstånd sökas hos hyresnämnden när de lagstadgade kraven är uppfyllda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFörstahandshyresgästen förblir ansvarig gentemot sin hyresvärd för hyra och för hur lägenheten används.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUthyrning av bostadsrätt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEn bostadsrättshavare behöver normalt bostadsrättsföreningens styrelses samtycke för andrahandsuthyrning. Om styrelsen vägrar kan hyresnämnden ge tidsbegränsat tillstånd när bostadsrättshavaren har skäl för uthyrningen och föreningen inte har ett befogat skäl att vägra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnligt den nuvarande lydelsen från 2026 ska tidigare andrahandsuthyrningar endast beaktas om de skett i betydande omfattning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyra för andrahandsuthyrd hyresrätt enligt 12 kap.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFör en andrahandsuthyrd hyresrätt som styrs av 12 kap. jordabalken får hyran inte överstiga förstahandshyran plus tillåtna tillägg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMöbler och utrustning:\u003c\/strong\u003e högst 15 % av förstahandshyran.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEl, bredband, parkering och andra inkluderade tjänster:\u003c\/strong\u003e högst vad som motsvarar uthyrarens faktiska kostnad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelvis uthyrning:\u003c\/strong\u003e förstahandshyran bör proportioneras utifrån den faktiska del som hyrs ut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyra enligt lagen om privatuthyrning (2026:772)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFör nya avtal som styrs av 2026 års privatuthyrningslag ska hyran avtalas som ett fast belopp. Vissa förbrukningsbaserade tjänster kan debiteras separat i enlighet med lagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHyresnämnden kan pröva hyran med hjälp av den nya lagstadgade jämförelsemodellen. Den upphävda kapitalvinstmodellen från 2012 bör därför inte automatiskt användas för nya avtal som ingåtts efter 1 juli 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLagen tillåter även indexklausuler under förutsättning att lagstadgade krav på förvarning och tidpunkt följs. Den tidigare hyran måste i regel ha gällt i minst ett år innan en indexjustering kan träda i kraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOskälig hyra och återbetalning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFör andrahandsuthyrning som styrs av 12 kap. jordabalken kan hyresnämnden besluta om återbetalning om den mottagna hyran överstigit den lagliga nivån. De lagstadgade reglerna för återbetalning kan omfatta hyra som betalats före ansökan, med förbehåll för tidsfristerna i lagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOm andrahandshyresgästen redan har flyttat ut gäller en kort lagstadgad tidsfrist för ansökan. Den inkluderade användarguiden belyser dessa tidsfrister snarare än att presentera hyrestvister som automatiska krav.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAvtalstid och uppsägning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAvtalet innehåller separata alternativ för tillsvidare- och tidsbestämda avtal och undviker att använda en generisk uppsägningsklausul för alla typer av uthyrning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 kap. jordabalken:\u003c\/strong\u003e ett hyresavtal för bostad på obestämd tid sägs i regel upp att gälla vid ett månadsskifte med tre månaders uppsägningstid. Tidsbestämda avtal kan kräva uppsägning beroende på deras varaktighet och omständigheter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivatuthyrningslagen:\u003c\/strong\u003e ett tidsbestämt avtal upphör normalt vid avtalad slutdag. Hyresgästen får alltid säga upp avtalet till ett månadsskifte som inträffar tidigast tre månader efter uppsägningen. Ett avtal på obestämd tid kan också sägas upp till ett månadsskifte som inträffar tidigast tre månader efter uppsägningen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBesittningsskydd\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFör en hyresrätt som hyrs ut i andra hand enligt 12 kap. erhåller andrahandshyresgästen i regel besittningsskydd först efter att andrahandsuthyrningen varat i mer än \u003cstrong\u003etvå sammanhängande år\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOm parterna behöver avtala om avstående från besittningsskydd ska detta ske i ett separat dokument med rätt formulär från hyresnämnden och i enlighet med fastställd procedur. Privatuthyrningslagen använder inte samma struktur för besittningsskydd som 12 kap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDröjsmål med betalning och förtida uppsägning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOlika lagstadgade trösklar gäller beroende på regelverk. Enligt 12 kap. kan dröjsmål med hyra i mer än en vecka utgöra grund för förverkande. Enligt privatuthyrningslagen räknas dröjsmål i mer än två veckor som en grund för hyresvärden att säga upp avtalet i förtid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVräkning är inte automatisk. Regler om rättelse, återvinning, meddelande och processuella krav kan fortfarande vara tillämpliga.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDeposition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAvtalet innehåller ett strukturerat avsnitt om deposition som omfattar belopp, betalningsdatum, tillåtna dokumenterade avdrag och återbetalning. Depositionen beskrivs inte som en automatisk avgift som andrahandsuthyraren får behålla när hyresförhållandet upphör.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBesiktningsprotokoll, inventarielista och nycklar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSkick vid inflyttning, inventarier, kända skador, nycklar och stödjande foto-\/videodokumentation kan antecknas i avtalet eller bilagor. Detta kan väsentligt minska risken för framtida tvister om skador och normalt slitage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAnvändning, boende och vidareuthyrning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMallen anger tillåten användning som bostad, övriga boende, husdjur, rökning och tillämpliga ordningsregler för huset eller bostadsrättsföreningen. Den ger inte en obegränsad rätt att hyra ut i andra hand eller överlåta lägenheten vidare utan det lagstadgade samtycke eller tillstånd som krävs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEngelsk primärversion – svensk referens inkluderad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDet engelska avtalet är primärversionen i denna produkt. Den svenska versionen inkluderas som referens. Båda versionerna är strukturerade kring svensk rätt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetta är inte en brittisk eller amerikansk mall för sublease.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engelsk terminologi används för att göra dokumenten lättare att arbeta med internationellt, men det styrande juridiska ramverket är svenskt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFöredrar du den svenskspråkiga produkten? Se Hyresavtal andrahandsuthyrning – Word\/PDF + Engelska + guide →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNär individuell rådgivning är särskilt lämplig\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividuell juridisk rådgivning är särskilt lämplig vid långa andrahandsuthyrningar, flera uthyrda bostäder, osäkerhet kring gällande regelverk, hög hyra, tillståndstvister, frågor om besittningsskydd, förverkande\/vräkning eller omfattande skadeståndskrav.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFilformat och leverans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF och ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpråk:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engelsk primärversion + svensk referens.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntal filer:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotalt antal sidor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 fördelat på de fyra dokumenten.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeverans:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital nedladdning. Ingen fysisk produkt skickas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVanliga frågor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGäller privatuthyrningslagen när jag hyr ut min hyresrätt i andra hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNej. 2026 års lag exkluderar uttryckligen situationer där den som hyr ut bostaden själv innehar den med hyresrätt. 12 kap. jordabalken är då utgångspunkten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKan jag lägga på 15 % för möbler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFör en andrahandsuthyrd hyresrätt enligt 12 kap. får tillägget för möbler och annan utrustning inte överstiga 15 % av förstahandshyran.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKan en andrahandshyresgäst få tillbaka oskälig hyra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJa, där reglerna om återbetalning i 12 kap. är tillämpliga kan hyresnämnden besluta om återbetalning av hyra som mottagits utöver den lagliga nivån, under förutsättning att lagstadgade krav och tidsfrister är uppfyllda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBehöver jag tillstånd även om ingen hyra tas ut?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePotentiellt ja. Självständig användning av en hyresrätt eller bostadsrätt kan utgöra andrahandsuthyrning även om betalningsupplägget ser annorlunda ut eller om ingen hyra alls tas ut. Regler om tillstånd bör därför kontrolleras separat från hyresregler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eÄr reglerna desamma för hyresrätt och bostadsrätt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNej. Tillstånd, hyresregler och besittningsskydd kan skilja sig väsentligt. Det är därför den nya mallen börjar med att identifiera bostadstyp och gällande svenskt regelverk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDetta paket är ett generellt dokumentstöd styrt av svensk rätt och ersätter inte individuell juridisk rådgivning.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48179012469078,"sku":"7350139912846","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/sublease-swedish-law-hero-2027.png?v=1791307731"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-los-egendom-mall-word-pdf","title":"Rental agreement for movable property – Word\/PDF + attachments \u0026 guide","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"mb-product-copy mb-rental-movables\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental Agreement for Movable Property – Word\/PDF for machinery, tools, inventory, and other equipment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Are you renting out items such as a camera, trailer, audio equipment, or tools? A clear written agreement allows you to document the rental items, compensation, rental period, deposit, pre-documented condition, liability for damages, and how the item is to be returned. You receive a main Swedish template, three practical annexes, a detailed user guide, and English reference documents governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#edf4f8;border-left:4px solid #2c5d7c;padding:16px 18px;border-radius:8px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the rental of \u003cstrong\u003emovable property\u003c\/strong\u003e, there is no general Swedish law regulating all matters in the same way as residential leases. The parties' agreement and general contract law are therefore central. When a company rents to a consumer, applicable consumer protection regulations must also be considered. \u003cstrong\u003eThe Consumer Sales Act primarily applies to the sale of goods, not as a general law for this type of rental.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReviewed October 12, 2026 · Document version 2.0 · Swedish law.\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is a general documentation aid and needs to be customized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"background:#eaf1f5;text-align:left;padding:10px\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"background:#eaf1f5;text-align:left;padding:10px\"\u003eContent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Rental Agreement for Movable Property\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003eFixed-term or open-ended rental, parties, items, payment, deposit, liability, security, insurance, and return.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Annex A – Inventory and condition list\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003eSerial numbers, quantity, accessories, documentation of existing defects, and references to photos.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Annex B – Access and return\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003eProtocols for handover, return, functional testing, meter readings, damages, and receipts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Annex C – Deposit and final settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003eAccounting for the deposit, unpaid rent, substantiated deductions, and any refund.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Swedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e1e8ee\"\u003eTwelve product-specific steps with legal checks, VAT, right of withdrawal, insurance, and evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6–10. English-language reference set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px\"\u003eEnglish version of all five documents. \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll ten documents are provided in \u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) and searchable A4-PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20 customer files in the new ZIP delivery. Fillable fields are editable in Word. No pre-filled inventory of specific items or insurance is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2027 ZIP package is already attached to this product in Shopify Digital Products and is currently the only download file listed for this variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is a rental agreement for movable property?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an agreement stating that a party may use a specific item for a period of time in exchange for compensation, without ownership being transferred. Examples include the temporary rental of machinery, cameras, furniture, scaffolding, and other movable equipment. In legal terminology, \"movable property\" can be broader than physical objects; this template is \u003cstrong\u003eintended for identifiable physical objects\u003c\/strong\u003e, not, for example, licenses, securities, or intellectual property rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRental period and termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003efixed-term\u003c\/strong\u003e with an explicit end date and \u003cstrong\u003eopen-ended rental\u003c\/strong\u003e with a separately agreed-upon notice period. The rules regarding a three-month notice period for residential leases cannot be mechanically copied to the rental of tools or inventory. Also describe whether the rental period can be extended, what applies in the event of a delay, and how notices must be sent so that receipt can be proven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRent, deposit, fees, and VAT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpecify rent per day, week, or other chosen period, payment method, due date, total price, and whether VAT is included. A \u003cstrong\u003edeposit is a security\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a pre-earned fee or an automatic penalty. If the lessor wishes to make a deduction, it must be specifiable and supported by reasonable documentation and legal grounds. Withholding a refund must be explainable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVAT:\u003c\/strong\u003e For taxable rentals of movable items in business activities, VAT is normally \u003cstrong\u003e25 percent\u003c\/strong\u003e. Occasional private rental is not automatically considered taxable business activity. The Swedish Tax Agency states that income from private rental of cars, boats, or objects is normally included in the income category of capital, and that frequent rental may entail VAT or business taxation. A current check is necessary in each case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInventory, damages, and normal wear and tear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnex A\u003c\/strong\u003e identifies the item with a serial number, model, and accessories. \u003cstrong\u003eAnnex B\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it possible to compare the condition upon handover and return, with dated photos and protocols. \u003cstrong\u003eAnnex C\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it easier to document whether the deposit has been refunded in full or if a substantiated deduction has been made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot all damages can automatically be charged to the lessee. A problem may stem from previous defects, normal wear and tear, lack of instructions, improper use, or an unforeseen event. Liability, costs, and potential compensation depend on the agreement, circumstances, evidence, and applicable law. The lessor should not demand double compensation for the same loss through, for example, both full replacement and repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance, security, and permitted use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore renting out, check if existing insurance actually covers the item being rented to someone else. Insurance terms may limit which users, areas of use, and deductibles are covered. The lessor should provide sufficient safety instructions and disclosures regarding known defects. For vehicles, boats, work machinery, and special technical equipment, there may also be specific authorization, insurance, and regulatory rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat laws apply to the rental of movable property?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn private rental, the parties' agreement is particularly significant because no comprehensive special law generally regulates the rental of physical objects. The \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e, including Section 36 regarding unfair terms, may be relevant. When renting from a business to a consumer, the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (1994:1512) on Contract Terms in Consumer Relations\u003c\/strong\u003e also applies. For certain distance contracts or contracts concluded off-premises, the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (2005:59)\u003c\/strong\u003e becomes relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAgreed right of withdrawal should not be confused with the statutory right of withdrawal. For distance contracts, there is normally a 14-day consumer protection period where the law is applicable, but there are exceptions. For example, \u003cstrong\u003ecar rental for a specific date or period\u003c\/strong\u003e is covered by an explicit exemption from the right of withdrawal. Therefore, different types of rentals require different checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the document package – step by step\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the parties:\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lessor a private individual or a company, and is the lessee a consumer or a business owner?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the item:\u003c\/strong\u003e note the make, serial number, and accessories in Annex A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument the condition:\u003c\/strong\u003e take dated photos and note existing remarks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose rental period:\u003c\/strong\u003e specify fixed-term or open-ended rental with notice period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFill in rent and deposit:\u003c\/strong\u003e clarify if VAT is included and when the deposit is to be refunded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck security and insurance:\u003c\/strong\u003e note usage limitations, instructions, and insurance terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExecute handover:\u003c\/strong\u003e fill in Annex B and have the parties sign for the actual handover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAt return:\u003c\/strong\u003e document functionality, accessories, and any deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerform final settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e account for and justify every deduction in Annex C and refund the rightful amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchive:\u003c\/strong\u003e save agreements, photos, payment receipts, and protocols securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is a special template better?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen renting out a passenger car or boat, the agreement often requires specific rules regarding driver authorization, traffic insurance, mileage, fuel, maritime safety, and liability in case of accidents. In those cases, use a more object-specific template or supplement this one with professionally designed special terms. This standard template is not intended for real estate or residential leases, leasing with a purchase option, or international rentals with complex tax and liability structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the template when renting out tools as a private individual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is intended for the temporary letting of physical objects and contains specific support for condition, deposit, and return.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a statutory notice period?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general notice period for all rental agreements for movable property equivalent to the rules for residential leases. Determine and document applicable terms and check consumer rules if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the lessor keep the deposit if the object breaks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. The cause of the damage, normal usage, the agreement, actual loss, and the reasonableness of the deduction need to be reviewed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust I add VAT?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends, among other things, on whether the rental is conducted as a business activity and on applicable rules regarding VAT registration and exemptions. For taxable rentals, the rate is normally 25 percent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the customer always have a 14-day right of withdrawal for online bookings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The right of withdrawal depends on the type of agreement and the law's exceptions. Car rental for a specific period is an example where the statutory right of withdrawal is normally excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the parties need to sign the inventory annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended in order to document which item and which accessories were included. Annexes and photos should be clearly linked to the main agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an English version included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, all five documents are available as English reference versions under Swedish law. They are not general legal templates according to British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-bil-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eCar rental agreement – specific vehicle terms\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-bat-jetski-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eBoat or jet ski rental agreement – maritime safety and special terms\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/lagenhetsarrende-avtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eApartment lease (arrende) – when the lease concerns land instead of movable property\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-1915218-om-avtal-och-andra-rattshandlingar_sfs-1915-218\/\"\u003eContracts Act (1915:218), especially Section 36\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-19941512-om-avtalsvillkor-i_sfs-1994-1512\/\"\u003eAct (1994:1512) on Contract Terms in Consumer Relations\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-200559-om-distansavtal-och-avtal-utanfor_sfs-2005-59\/\"\u003eDistance Contracts Act (2005:59)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/privat\/skatter\/arbeteochinkomst\/inkomster\/hyrautbostadbilochsaker\/hyrautbilbatochsaker.4.2cf1b5cd163796a5c8bc0b7.html\"\u003eSwedish Tax Agency – Renting out cars, boats, and objects\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/fragor-och-svar\/3041511\/vad-galler-nar-jag-hyr-ut-prylar-till-en-annan-privatperson\/\"\u003eSwedish Consumer Agency – Renting out items to a private individual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eDocument version 2.0 · Reviewed October 12, 2026. General documentation aid according to Swedish law, not individual legal, insurance, or tax advice. Check the parties' relationships and applicable special legislation. The 2027 ZIP package is already connected to this product's digital delivery.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48379599257942,"sku":"7350139913522","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal-los-egendom-huvudbild-2027_26c3fa5a-34af-4bec-a4e0-ca34efa1cd38.png?v=1791783947"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-villa-mall-word-pdf","title":"Villa Lease Agreement Template – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cp id=\"mb-delivery-localized-20261020-om4\" lang=\"en\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery verified on 20 October 2026: the current ZIP file hyresavtal-villa-privatuthyrning-2027.zip is attached to this product and is available as a download after purchase. The product description identifies the formats and accompanying documents. Please adapt the materials to your situation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp lang=\"en\"\u003eYes. According to the product description, Swedish and English documents are included in the attached 2027 ZIP edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for a villa – Word, PDF, and Excel according to Swedish law.\u003c\/strong\u003e A complete document package for those renting out a villa as a residence. Updated agreement templates in Swedish and English, guides, and Excel registers are designed with a specific focus on the \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which has been in effect since July 1, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#eff4f7;border-left:4px solid #2c5d7c;padding:16px;margin:16px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant legislative change July 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe new Private Rental Act (2026:772) replaced the Act (2012:978) on the Letting of Private Homes for new agreements. \u003cstrong\u003eOlder agreements concluded under the previous act are still covered by it\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the transitional provisions. Also check whether the rental is covered by the new act's exemptions for recreational purposes, rental properties (hyresrätt), or the regular rental of more than two separate dwellings. The correct choice of law must be verified before the agreement is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThis is included in the document package\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVilla rental agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e – parties, property, lease term, termination, rent, deposit, utilities, responsibilities, access, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProperty and usage annex\u003c\/strong\u003e – property designation, included areas, garden, and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating costs and consumption\u003c\/strong\u003e – documentation of electricity, heating, hot water, and water\/sewage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInventory and key receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e – furniture, equipment, and keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-in inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e – documenting existing condition, photos, and defects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-out inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e – final check and reconciliation of any damages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeposit and final settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e – amount received, verified deductions, and refund.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination of rental agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e – special form for correctly documented termination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndex adjustment of rent\u003c\/strong\u003e – notice for cases where a valid index clause has been agreed upon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmendment agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e – written amendments to individual terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRent receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e – actual payment received.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – specific guidance on the new law, all parts of the agreement, termination, rent, and tax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register\u003c\/strong\u003e – eight sheets for agreements, rent payments, consumption, deposits, inspections, legal checks, and sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e49 files in the new ZIP package:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable A4-PDF, and 1 XLSX. All 12 document types are available in Swedish and English. English versions are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich law applies to renting out a villa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe act applies in relevant cases when a natural person or an estate rents out a house or part of a house as a residence. It does not apply to the rental of a dwelling that the landlord holds as a rental property (hyresrätt), rental for recreational purposes, or when the landlord regularly rents out more than two separate apartments that are not part of their own residence. Check especially Chapter 1, Sections 1–3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotice period for open-ended and fixed-term agreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor new agreements under the 2026 act, both landlord and tenant can normally terminate open-ended agreements to the end of the month, at the earliest three months after the termination (Chapter 6, Section 2). Furthermore, the tenant can terminate fixed-term agreements with three months' notice to the end of the month (Chapter 6, Section 1). Otherwise, fixed-term agreements expire on the agreed end date. Early termination due to breach of contract and formal requirements are handled separately in Chapter 6, Sections 3–9. Older private rental agreements may have different notice periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRent setting and index\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base rent must be agreed upon as a specific amount. Certain utilities can, according to Chapter 2, Section 1, be charged based on actual consumption. An index clause requires an agreement, written notice, and compliance with time conditions according to Chapter 2, Section 4. The Rent Tribunal can, according to Chapter 2, Section 5, examine whether a rent is substantially higher than that of comparable private rentals. Old cost-based models should not be presented as 2026 legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the rental agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the agreement date, the owner's identity, and that the correct law applies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the property designation, address, rental period, and exactly which areas are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a fixed-term or open-ended agreement and check the termination rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eState the monthly rent and clarify permitted separate consumption costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSpecify deposit, liability, utilities, and insurance without overriding mandatory law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument furniture, keys, meter readings, and condition through a move-in inspection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the main agreement and relevant annexes. Save copies and receipts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform a move-out inspection and a correct final settlement when the rental period ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCondition, repairs, and deposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 3 of the Private Rental Act regulates, among other things, the condition of the home and certain penalties for defects. Chapter 4 regulates the tenant's obligations to maintain the home, inform about damages, and avoid disturbances. The landlord's right of access is not unlimited. A deposit may not be treated as automatically forfeited or used for claims that lack legal and factual basis; document normal wear and tear and any disputed items separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTax when renting out a private house\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the rental of a private house, the Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) normally specifies a standard deduction of SEK 40,000 per year, plus an additional deduction of 20 percent of the rental income. Surplus is normally taxed as capital income when the rules for private residences are applicable. Ownership shares, renting to employers, and private residence status can affect the calculation. Tax deductions do not govern the civil reasonableness of the rent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there always a three-month notice period?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rules above apply to new agreements under the Private Rental Act (2026:772). Older agreements and lettings outside the act may have other rules. Termination due to breach of contract also requires special review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the tenant terminate a fixed-term agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, according to Chapter 6, Section 1, the tenant can terminate the agreement with three months' notice to the end of the month, even if the agreement is fixed-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay electricity and water be charged separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCertain actual consumption costs can be regulated separately within Chapter 2, Section 1. Other fees should not be charged as independent mandatory surcharges without legal basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the rent be raised automatically every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot without a valid agreed basis. An index adjustment according to Chapter 2, Section 4 requires written notice, correct calculation, and applicable deadlines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the villa be inspected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA joint move-in and move-out protocol provides important evidence for condition, inventory, keys, and any potential deposit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English templates included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal sources checked October 13, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-2012978-om-uthyrning-av-egen-bostad_sfs-2012-978\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eprevious act (2012:978)\u003c\/a\u003e for qualified older agreements; the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eLand Code\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/privat\/fastigheterochbostad\/hyrautprivatbostad.4.233f91f71260075abe8800033479.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ethe Swedish Tax Agency's guidance\u003c\/a\u003e. The templates are general documentation aids and do not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003erental agreements\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003etemplates in English\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated guides under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-och-hyreskontrakt-en-utforlig-guide\"\u003eRead the guide to rental agreements and leases\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/olika-typer-av-hyresavtal-faq\"\u003eHow to choose the appropriate rental agreement\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe guides are in Swedish and explain matters under Swedish law.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559375515990,"sku":"7350139913928","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal_villa_huvudbild_2027.png?v=1791912271"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-uthyrning-av-rum-mall-word-pdf","title":"Rental agreement for room \u0026 lodger – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for letting a room – complete template package for lodgers.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two legally distinct primary agreements for letting a room in Sweden: \u003cstrong\u003ea room in an owned private residence\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ea room sublet by a primary tenant in a rental apartment\u003c\/strong\u003e. Editable Swedish and English Word and PDF templates, detailed user guides, and an Excel register for rent payments, security deposits, inspections, and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EDF3F7;border-left:4px solid #23728A;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhich law applies to the room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs of July 1, 2026, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e applies to certain new residential lettings by a natural person or an estate, even when only part of a house or dwelling is let. \u003cstrong\u003eThe Act does not apply\u003c\/strong\u003e when the landlord themselves holds the dwelling under a rental contract (tenancy). In such cases, the letting must be assessed according to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code (the Rent Act)\u003c\/a\u003e. For older agreements, the previous law (2012:978) may still apply according to transitional provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the new document package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for a room in an owned private residence:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dedicated agreement for situations covered by the Private Rental Act (2026:772), including rent, term of contract, termination, and right of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLodger agreement for rental apartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e a separate primary agreement for a primary tenant who rents out a room while continuing to use the apartment themselves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom description and common areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusive room, kitchen, bathroom, storage, and limits on use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHouse rules and privacy:\u003c\/strong\u003e guests, cleaning, peaceful enjoyment, private space, and reasonable access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInventory and keys:\u003c\/strong\u003e list for furniture, equipment, and keys handed over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-in protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e condition, inventory, photos, known defects, and joint observations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-out protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e comparison with move-in, key return, and factually documented claims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity deposit and final settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e received deposit, substantiated deductions, disputes, and repayment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRent receipt:\u003c\/strong\u003e confirmation of actual rent payments received.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination with receipt check:\u003c\/strong\u003e documentation of agreement type, applicable notice period, and receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmendment agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e written changes that must comply with mandatory rental law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoice of law checklist:\u003c\/strong\u003e select the correct model based on who is letting the home and how the room is utilized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSvensk användarguide and English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e step-by-step instructions, the 2026 legislative change, rent, security of tenure, deposits, inspections, common mistakes, and sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register:\u003c\/strong\u003e eight worksheets for agreements, payments, deposits, inspections, consumption, choice of law and checklist questions, and official sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e53 customer files in the new ZIP package:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 DOCX, 26 searchable A4-PDF, and 1 XLSX. All 13 document types are available in Swedish and English. The English versions are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e – not British or American rental agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF4DB;border-left:4px solid #C59B40;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant delivery note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2027 ZIP package is already attached to this product in Shopify Digital Products and is currently the only file listed for digital download for this variant. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right agreement for letting a room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Are you renting out a room in your owned villa or condominium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA natural person or an estate letting part of a house as a dwelling may be covered by the 2026 Private Rental Act. However, the Act does not apply to holiday purposes, subletting of rental apartments, or regular letting of more than two separate apartments outside the landlord's own residence. Also, check whether the letting actually implies independent use of a separate apartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Do you live in a rental apartment yourself and take in a lodger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act (2026:772) does not apply if the person letting the room holds the home under a rental contract. In such cases, the applicable rules in Chapter 12 of the Land Code must be checked. If the primary tenant no longer uses the apartment to a significant extent, the letting may be assessed as subletting for independent use, which is subject to different authorization rules. The heading \"lodger agreement\" does not determine the situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNotice period for lodgers 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003enew open-ended agreements covered by the Private Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e, notice is normally given to the end of the month at least three months after termination, for both the landlord and the tenant (Chapter 6, Section 2). Fixed-term agreements generally end on the final date, but the tenant may terminate early to the end of the month with three months' notice according to Chapter 6, Section 1. When letting a room in a \u003cstrong\u003erental apartment\u003c\/strong\u003e, older agreements, or other exceptions, other tenancy rules may apply. Therefore, \"the tenant always has one month's notice period\" is no longer a general rule. The form and effect of the termination must also be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRent, deposit, privacy, and security of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the rent determined?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor agreements under the 2026 Private Rental Act, the base rent must be agreed upon as a specific amount. Certain utilities, such as electricity and heating, can under the conditions in Chapter 2, Section 1, be agreed upon based on actual consumption. For lodgers in rental apartments, the rent is tested according to applicable provisions in Chapter 12 of the Land Code. Standard deductions according to tax legislation do not in themselves determine the permitted rent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the lodger pay a three-month security deposit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no general statutory requirement for a deposit corresponding to three months' rent. The deposit, receipt, and any settlement must be documented. Normal wear and tear is not automatically a compensable damage, and disputed claims must be kept separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lodger have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe question must be assessed based on which regulatory framework applies and what the letting actually looks like. One cannot generally refer to the repealed law (2012:978) to claim that every lodger lacks security of tenure. Assess the situation according to the Private Rental Act or Chapter 12 of the Land Code and their applicable protective rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the landlord enter the rented room at any time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tenant's agreed exclusive room is a private space. Access when necessary is regulated by law and circumstances; a standard clause regarding unlimited access cannot override mandatory law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a special permit needed to have a lodger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the form of housing and whether the landlord actually continues to live there. Independent use in a subletting scenario is a different legal situation than sharing a home with someone. Check the primary lease, the association's rules, and relevant provisions regarding permits and the number of residents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fill out the documents\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill out the choice of law checklist first: does the landlord own the residence or are they a primary tenant?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSelect only \u003cstrong\u003eone\u003c\/strong\u003e of the two primary agreements and check the applicable law and any older transitional rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDescribe exactly which room is used exclusively and which areas are shared.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the monthly rent, payment terms, rental period, voluntary deposit, and reasonable house rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare an inventory list, key receipt, and move-in protocol with photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eHave the parties sign the agreement and save secure copies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrack actual rent payments and consumption costs in Excel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck notice period and formal requirements again before termination; then complete the move-out protocol and settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTax on room rentals\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) normally allows a standard deduction of up to SEK 40,000 per residence and year, as well as additional specific deductions depending on whether it is a single-family house, a condominium, or a rental apartment. When letting only one room, the basis may need to be apportioned by rented area and time. There are special cases, such as letting to employers. See \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/privat\/skatter\/arbeteochinkomst\/inkomster\/hyrautbostadbilochsaker\/hyrautprivatbostad.106.1c68351d170ce554527ef5.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ethe Swedish Tax Agency's guide for private letting\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and limitation of liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal sources checked October 13, 2026:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-2012978-om-uthyrning-av-egen-bostad_sfs-2012-978\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eprevious law (2012:978)\u003c\/a\u003e for agreements covered by transitional provisions; and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/privat\/skatter\/arbeteochinkomst\/inkomster\/hyrautbostadbilochsaker\/hyrautprivatbostad.106.1c68351d170ce554527ef5.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ethe Swedish Tax Agency\u003c\/a\u003e. This package is a general documentation aid. Adaptation may be required; it does not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003erental agreements for individuals\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003etemplates in English\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guide-room-inneboende-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGuide to letting a room and having a lodger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead about rent, deposits, occupancy rights and the difference between letting a room in an owned home and in a rented home. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inneboendeavtal-hyra-deposition-besittningsskydd\"\u003eGuide to letting a room and having a lodger\u003c\/a\u003e \u003csmall\u003e(The linked guide is in Swedish.)\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559381119318,"sku":"7350139913935","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal_rum_huvudbild_2027_9d0dc2e5-c36e-4677-b17c-009cd5a23d0f.png?v=1791913635"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-uthyrning-av-fritidshus-mall-word-pdf","title":"Vacation rental agreement – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for holiday homes – Swedish and English template in Word, PDF and Excel.\u003c\/strong\u003e A professional document package for the rental of holiday homes, cottages, or vacation accommodations for \u003cstrong\u003eleisure purposes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The updated package contains a master agreement, practical appendices for the property, inventory, check-in and check-out, security, payments, security deposit, cancellation and modifications, as well as detailed Swedish and English guides and an Excel register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EDF3F7;border-left:4px solid #246874;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant legal note: holiday homes are not the same as permanent private residential rentals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act (2026:772), which applies from July 1, 2026, \u003cstrong\u003eexpressly exempts leasing for leisure purposes\u003c\/strong\u003e in Chapter 1, Section 3. For standard holiday home rental agreements, the relevant provisions of \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code (the Rent Act)\u003c\/strong\u003e must be assessed instead. If the cottage is used as a permanent residence, or if the rental constitutes active hotel-like accommodation operations, other rules may apply. The actual use is more important than what the building is called.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the new document package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for holiday homes:\u003c\/strong\u003e parties, property, leisure purpose of the stay, rental period, price, access, security deposit, usage, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix A – property and scope:\u003c\/strong\u003e property designation, included cottage, land, parking, and express exclusions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix B – inventory and keys:\u003c\/strong\u003e furniture, equipment, condition, handover, and return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix C – consumption and operating costs:\u003c\/strong\u003e electricity, water, firewood, internet, and meter readings when separate compensation has been agreed upon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix D – check-in:\u003c\/strong\u003e inspection, photos, fire safety, known defects, and receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix E – check-out:\u003c\/strong\u003e final condition, inventory, cleaning, keys, and meter readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix F – security deposit and final settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e received amounts, actual substantiated deductions, normal wear and tear, and disputed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix G – booking and payment:\u003c\/strong\u003e price, due dates, actually received payments, and receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix H – cancellation and rebooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear individual terms, changed dates, and legal verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix I – house rules and security:\u003c\/strong\u003e fire safety, sauna, jetty, drinking water, private sewage system, waste, and emergency contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix J – amendment agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e written changes to the duration of the stay, fee, or terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSvensk användarguide \/ English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e comprehensive filling instructions and legal guidance for 2026\/2027.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register:\u003c\/strong\u003e eight sheets with agreements, bookings, payments, calculated actual consumption, security deposit reconciliation, inventory, checklist, and sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e49 files in the expanded ZIP delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable A4-PDF, and 1 XLSX. All twelve document types are available in both Swedish and English. The English documents are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF4DD;border-left:4px solid #C29C42;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note the current digital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e The new ZIP package must first be \u003cstrong\u003emanually linked to Digital Products by the store owner\u003c\/strong\u003e. Until then, the two existing original files, one Word file and one PDF, are delivered. These older files are not the legally updated 2027 delivery. The old original files are preserved and are not automatically replaced.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich law applies when renting out a holiday home?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRental for vacation or leisure stays\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeases that are actually intended for leisure purposes are not covered by the 2026 Private Rental Act. Chapter 12 of the Land Code contains special rules regarding rental periods, termination, the condition of the dwelling, rent review, and security of tenure for leisure leases. This does not mean that all rental terms are unrestricted or that the tenant lacks rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRental period and termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fixed-term agreement normally terminates at the agreed end date according to \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 3 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, but if the tenancy has lasted longer than nine consecutive months, the agreement must be terminated in order to end. When termination is required, the notice period varies based on the type of agreement and length of time according to Chapter 12, Section 4. Formal requirements need to be assessed according to, among other things, Chapter 12, Section 8. Neither a one-month nor a three-month notice period should therefore be claimed to apply generally to every vacation booking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSecurity of tenure for holiday rentals\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 45 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, the rules regarding the right to renewal generally do not apply to an apartment leased for leisure purposes if the tenancy ends before it has lasted longer than nine consecutive months. In the case of longer relationships, actual permanent use, or specific contractual terms, a different assessment may be necessary. Thus, the tenant does not always or never gain security of tenure based solely on the word \"holiday home\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCancellation, security deposit, and security\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the vacation accommodation be cancelled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the agreement and applicable rules. Regulate cancellation and any fees clearly and reasonably. For booked accommodation for specific dates, there is no automatic 14-day right of withdrawal simply because the booking was made online. A business operator, professional intermediary, or hotel-like operation may trigger specific consumer rules. No advance payments should be treated as automatically forfeited regardless of the circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the security deposit handled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA security deposit is security that shall be offset against actual, legally justified, and substantiated claims. Neither standard normal wear and tear nor disputed damages should be treated as approved deductions without assessment. The package includes separate protocols for check-in, check-out, and final settlement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre a jetty, boat, and fishing rights included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. Specify explicitly which spaces, facilities, and appurtenances are included. Hunting, fishing, and the use of a boat may require separate rights, agreements, or authorization and should not be assumed to be included through a general rental formulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTax and potential VAT for holiday home rentals\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a small house that is a private dwelling, the Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) normally specifies \u003cstrong\u003estandard deductions up to SEK 40,000 per dwelling per year\u003c\/strong\u003e and, additionally, a deduction of \u003cstrong\u003e20 percent of the rental income\u003c\/strong\u003e, provided the legal requirements are met. Ownership share, holding period, the tax character of the dwelling, and mediation can affect the calculation. Active rental that competes with hotel operations may also trigger VAT rules. The Tax Agency has updated its guidance following \u003cstrong\u003eHFD 2026 ref. 3\u003c\/strong\u003e; assess the actual service and operation, not just the length of the stay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the stay is actually for leisure purposes and that the lessor has the authority to rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify the cottage with address, property designation, and included areas according to Appendix A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the start and end of the rental period, including times, as well as the agreed total rent and payment plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrite individual cancellation terms and any additional fees with clear conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGo through inventory, keys, security, and any extra facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave the parties sign the master agreement and applicable appendices, and save the documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarry out a check-in inspection with meter readings and photographs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarry out a check-out inspection, document actual received payments, and perform a security deposit settlement with substantiated documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about holiday home rental agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Private Rental Act (2026:772) apply to holiday homes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot when the lease relates to leisure purposes. This exemption is set out in Chapter 1, Section 3. Actual use is decisive. A holiday home that is, in practice, leased for housing may need to be assessed differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a weekly rental agreement always have to be terminated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A fixed-term agreement normally terminates at the end of the rental period, but there are important rules regarding, for example, longer continuous rental relationships. See Chapter 12, Sections 3–4 of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the tenant gain security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor holiday leases that end before they have lasted longer than nine consecutive months, there is a specific exemption in Chapter 12, Section 45. For longer relationships or other factual circumstances, a separate assessment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre cancellation fees always valid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Clear contractual terms, the status of the parties, mandatory law, and the reasonableness of the terms are important. Separate consumer legislation may be relevant for professional rental.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre both Swedish and English templates included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. According to the package description, the 2027 ZIP edition includes 49 files. The ZIP is already attached to this product's digital delivery in Shopify Digital Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel be used for automatic legal termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel is an administrative register that calculates actual payments and certain consumption. Termination, security of tenure, tax, and legal security deposit claims require human assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and limitation of liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal basis verified October 13, 2026:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eLand Code (1970:994), especially Chapter 12, Sections 3–4, 8, 9–11, 45 and 53\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772), Chapter 1, Section 3\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/4.233f91f71260075abe8800033479.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Tax Agency – renting out private dwellings\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www4.skatteverket.se\/rattsligvagledning\/edition\/2026.10\/423366.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Tax Agency guidance on hotel-like room rentals and VAT\u003c\/a\u003e. The agreement templates are general tools that may need to be adapted according to legal and factual circumstances. They do not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003erental agreements\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003etemplates in English\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-related-guide\" data-mb-link-audit=\"2026-10-23-35-fritidshus\" lang=\"en\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHoliday-home rentals: read the guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore completing the document, read our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/korttidsuthyrning-avtal-faq-vanliga-fragor\" lang=\"sv\"\u003eSwedish-language guide to short-term rentals and holiday accommodation\u003c\/a\u003e for help understanding agreement types, bookings, cancellations and tax considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559390753110,"sku":"7350139913942","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal_fritidshus_huvudbild_2027_d467f44d-a918-4498-bd9c-80d497d57263.png?v=1791914923"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-fritidsboende-mall-korttidsavtal-word-pdf","title":"Short-term vacation rental agreement – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement for vacation accommodation – short-term agreement in Word, PDF and Excel.\u003c\/strong\u003e A product-specific document package for vacation and leisure properties rented out for specific dates, such as by the day, weekend, or week. The updated package includes editable agreements, booking confirmation, accommodation description, cancellation policy, check-in and check-out, deposit settlement, safety instructions, Swedish and English guides, and Excel registers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EEF4F7;border-left:4px solid #285F74;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right regulatory framework – vacation accommodation is not a permanent rental.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Private Rental Act (2026:772) excludes rentals for leisure purposes.\u003c\/strong\u003e For a standard short-term vacation rental, the rules in Chapter 12 of the Land Code may be applicable. Professional or hotel-like accommodation businesses may additionally trigger consumer rules, VAT, and other requirements. The name given to the agreement by the parties does not alone determine which law applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThis is included in the document package – 49 files\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort-term agreement for vacation accommodation:\u003c\/strong\u003e parties, accommodation, leisure purpose, arrival\/departure, rent, payment, deposit, cancellation, use, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBooking confirmation:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear confirmation of booked dates, number of guests, supplements, and payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccommodation and facility appendix:\u003c\/strong\u003e exactly what is included in or excluded from the stay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInventory and key protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e quantity, condition, handover, and return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHouse rules and safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e fire safety, sauna, jetty, fireplace, water, waste management, and contact methods where such facilities exist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck-in protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e photos, meters, and actual defects upon arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck-out protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e return, cleaning, any damages, and normal wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeposit and final settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e actual amounts, substantiated deductions, and accounting of disputed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCancellation and rebooking terms:\u003c\/strong\u003e two alternative term structures where the parties choose a clear, reasonable alternative before booking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment receipt:\u003c\/strong\u003e documents an actually received payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmendment agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e written changes to dates, price, and scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed Swedish user guide and English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e legal boundaries, filling out, safety, contract terms, tax, and VAT.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register:\u003c\/strong\u003e eight worksheets for bookings, actual payments, consumption, deposits, inventory, legal checklist, and official sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable A4-PDF and 1 XLSX. All twelve document types are available in Swedish and English. The English agreements are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e, not standard agreements under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF4DF;border-left:4px solid #C29E4A;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant delivery information:\u003c\/strong\u003e The new ZIP delivery must first be manually connected to Digital Products. \u003cstrong\u003eAt the moment, the product's two existing original files (one PDF and one DOCX) are being delivered, not the new 49-file package.\u003c\/strong\u003e The old files are left untouched and may be legally outdated; the new document package will become available automatically only after manual upload and linking.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShort-term agreements, rental period, and security of tenure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Private Rental Act apply to short-term vacation rentals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, not when the lease is actually for leisure purposes. This follows from Chapter 1, Section 3 of the Private Rental Act (2026:772). For rental agreements under the Land Code, Chapter 12 regulates, among other things, rental period, termination, access, and security of tenure. If the same property is effectively let for permanent residence, a different assessment is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a fixed-term short-term agreement terminate automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fixed-term rental agreement normally terminates at the end of the rental period in accordance with Chapter 12, Section 3 of the Land Code, unless otherwise agreed. For rental relationships that have lasted longer than nine months consecutively, however, notice is required for the agreement to terminate. When notice is actually required, the notice period depends, among other things, on the contract duration and usage according to Chapter 12, Section 4. It is therefore not possible to state a single general notice period for all vacation bookings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the guest have security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 12, Section 45 of the Land Code, there is a special exception from the right to extension for leisure rentals that terminate before the rental relationship has lasted longer than nine months consecutively. However, it is the actual lease, usage, and time period that must be assessed, not just the name of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCancellation, right of withdrawal, and deposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a fourteen-day right of withdrawal for vacation accommodation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, there is no general statutory right of withdrawal for booked hotel or vacation accommodation. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/boka-hotell-eller-semesterboende\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Consumer Agency\u003c\/a\u003e emphasizes that cancellation and changes depend on the booking terms. Terms must be clear and assessed against applicable mandatory law, especially when the landlord is a business operator. This does not mean that an arbitrary or unreasonable cancellation fee is always valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is a deposit handled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA deposit must be settled against actual, substantiated, and legally justified claims. Normal wear and tear is not automatically compensable. The template has separate documents for check-in, check-out, and documented settlement; disputed amounts are accounted for separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the landlord cancel the booking if payment is late?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot without regard to contract terms and applicable legal rules. Avoid general wording that any payment delay always gives the right to immediate eviction. Contact the guest, document claims, and assess the correct legal basis before further measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTax and VAT for short-term rentals\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the rental of a small house that is a private home for tax purposes, one may normally be entitled to a standard deduction of SEK 40,000 per year and, in addition, 20 percent of the rental income, provided that the rules in the Income Tax Act are met. Ownership shares and the tax status of the home can change the assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRentals that actually resemble hotel operations may be subject to 12 percent VAT, depending on, among other things, the activity of the business, the arrangement, and turnover. After \u003cstrong\u003eHFD 2026 ref. 3\u003c\/strong\u003e, no general three-month limit should be used to determine if the business is hotel-like. The assessment is made based on all relevant circumstances. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/privat\/skatter\/arbeteochinkomst\/inkomster\/hyrautbostadbilochsaker\/hyrautprivatbostad.106.1c68351d170ce554527ef5.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency – renting out a private home\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the rental is actually a vacation or leisure stay and who the contracting party is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in exact booking dates, arrival time, departure time, and number of guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDescribe the accommodation, included areas, inventory, any additions, and known defects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine total price, actual payment terms, and a clear, reasonable cancellation alternative before the guest books.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in relevant safety instructions for the facilities that actually exist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the agreement and save the booking confirmation and any appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform a check-in inspection with photos, keys, and any meter readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument check-out, acknowledge actual payments, and make an objectively based deposit settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about short-term agreements for vacation accommodation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this template the same as a standard rental agreement for a house?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is specifically designed for booked leisure stays during defined dates, not permanent housing. For permanent rentals, a product-specific agreement should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the agreement be in writing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVerbal agreements can be binding, but a written agreement is important to show parties, property, time, price, cancellation terms, and what is actually included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the guest automatically get everything back upon cancellation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Assess the booking terms and applicable law. The parties should be able to identify and understand the cancellation costs before the booking is accepted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre inventory list, check-in\/check-out, and Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in the new 49-file package. This must first be linked to Digital Products before it is included in the automatic customer delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel determine VAT or notice periods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel is a practical register for actual bookings, payments, and certain consumption calculations. VAT, legal deadlines, and disputes are assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChecked October 13, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Land Code (1970:994), Chapter 12, specifically sections 3–4, 8, and 45\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003ethe Private Rental Act (2026:772), exception for leisure purposes\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/boka-hotell-eller-semesterboende\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Consumer Agency, cancellation of vacation accommodation\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www4.skatteverket.se\/rattsligvagledning\/edition\/2026.10\/423366.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency's guidance on hotel-like rentals\u003c\/a\u003e. The documents are general aids according to Swedish law. They may need to be adapted and do not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor other leases, see \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-uthyrning-av-fritidshus-mall-word-pdf\"\u003evacation home rental agreement\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003eall rental agreements\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559394914646,"sku":"7350139913959","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/korttids_fritidsboende_hero_2027_9cf80661-bbea-45fb-9456-c71cb93b8039.png?v=1791916032"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-batplats-mall-word-pdf","title":"Boat slip rental agreement – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMooring agreement – template in Word, PDF and Excel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Create a clear agreement for a mooring at a pier, quay or in a marina with documented details of the boat, exact location, contract period, mooring, fees, harbor rules, insurance, electricity, damage and termination. The updated document package includes Swedish and English Word and PDF documents, product-specific user guides and an Excel register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EDF3F7;border-left:4px solid #327989;padding:15px 18px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally important: Not all mooring agreements are residential leases or boat storage.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin:8px 0 0\"\u003eThe granting of a quay space, pier-attached land or a space for a boat may under certain circumstances be a \u003cstrong\u003enon-residential lease (lägenhetsarrende)\u003c\/strong\u003e under Chapter 8 of the Swedish Land Code. A harbor or marina agreement with additional services may require a different assessment. A pure mooring space does not automatically mean that the grantor has undertaken to monitor, take care of or store the boat. \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code regarding the lease of residential apartments\u003c\/strong\u003e should not be routinely cited as the sole legal basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThis is included in the document package\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain mooring agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e grantor, space holder, pier\/quay, space number, boat dimensions, seasonal or indefinite, price, terms and conditions, mooring, liability and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix A – mooring and map:\u003c\/strong\u003e exact location, property designation, pier area, access, maximum vessel dimensions and excluded areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix B – boat and contact details:\u003c\/strong\u003e boat name, type, length, beam, draft, insurance and emergency contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix C – harbor regulations and environment:\u003c\/strong\u003e safety rules, traffic, waste, waste oil, noise and access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix D – mooring and safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e lines, fenders, storm readiness, known risks and practical checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix E – electricity, water and service:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate ancillary services, meter readings, fees and safety requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix F – fees and payment:\u003c\/strong\u003e basic fee, payment terms, surcharges and receipts of actual payments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix G – site inspection:\u003c\/strong\u003e condition of the pier, mooring points, keys, photos and access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix H – incident and damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e factual documentation, observations, insurance contacts and substantiated costs without automatic admission of liability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination of mooring agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate document with check of contract type, notice period, removal day and form of notice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmendment agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e written supplement for change of boat, space, contract duration or service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed Swedish user guide and English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e governing law issues, completing the agreement, non-residential leases, harbor rules, liability, safety and legal sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register:\u003c\/strong\u003e eight sheets with overview, agreements, moorings, boats, payments, electricity\/water, control and official sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA total of 49 files in the new ZIP delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable A4-PDF and 1 XLSX. All twelve document types are available in Swedish and English. English versions are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language documents governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e, not agreements under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF5DD;border-left:4px solid #C5A049;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant delivery information:\u003c\/strong\u003e The expanded ZIP file must be \u003cstrong\u003euploaded and linked manually\u003c\/strong\u003e to Digital Products. \u003cstrong\u003eUntil then, only the two original files – a Word document and a PDF – are delivered.\u003c\/strong\u003e The previous delivery is not the new 49-file package. Original files are kept unchanged.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat law applies to a mooring?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMooring as a non-residential lease\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/arrende\/lagenhetsarrende\/avtal-tid-och-avgift\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts\u003c\/a\u003e explicitly state quay space and space for a pier or boat as possible examples of \u003cstrong\u003enon-residential lease (lägenhetsarrende)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The classification depends on what is actually granted, the compensation and other contractual relations. Non-residential leases are primarily regulated by Chapter 8 of the Land Code, together with general rules on rights of use in Chapter 7. An oral non-residential lease can be valid; however, written form is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTermination, contract duration and removal day\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA non-residential lease may be for a fixed term or indefinite. For a \u003cstrong\u003efixed-term\u003c\/strong\u003e non-residential lease, the parties can to a large extent agree on how and when termination is to take place. For an \u003cstrong\u003eindefinite contract\u003c\/strong\u003e, Chapter 8, Section 5 of the Land Code applies: if a valid notice period has not been agreed, the termination normally takes effect on the removal day (fardag) that falls closest after six months from the notice. The removal day is normally \u003cstrong\u003eMarch 14\u003c\/strong\u003e. The form of notice must also be assessed according to Chapter 8, Section 8 of the Land Code. No general one- or three-month deadline applies to all moorings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGranting by a marina\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn agreement with a marina may include a space together with separate services such as electricity, water, lifting, storage or monitoring. Determine in each case what is actually included. A separate \u003cstrong\u003estorage service\u003c\/strong\u003e provided by a trader to a consumer may be covered by the Consumer Services Act, but that act does not automatically apply to every pure mooring grant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho may grant the mooring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the powers of the property owner or harbor organization. The location of the mooring may be affected by easements, common facilities, water rights, harbor regulations and agreements with the owner of the pier. A grantor may not, through a standard agreement, create rights that they lack the authority to provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMooring, electricity, liability and insurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe allocation of obligations should be based on actual access to the space, known risks, agreed harbor services and applicable law. The space holder should check the boat's insurance, lines, fenders and weather preparedness. The harbor manager should document rules for the facility and known safety risks. A general disclaimer of liability does not automatically protect against all liability, especially not in consumer relations or in cases of gross negligence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf shore power, water, parking or winter storage are included, this should be stated explicitly. Otherwise, these are not automatically included. In case of damage, an incident report is used to document the circumstances without the parties being presumed to admit liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the right:\u003c\/strong\u003e land, pier, quay, association rules, permits and who is authorized to grant the space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose contract class:\u003c\/strong\u003e assess whether it is a non-residential lease, pure mooring agreement, harbor service or a combination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify space and boat:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the map appendix and write down actual dimensions, draft and boat name.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine season and fee:\u003c\/strong\u003e specify exact start, end, payment period and separate services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview termination:\u003c\/strong\u003e check removal day and form of notice if a non-residential lease is applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGo through safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e harbor regulations, electrical installation, mooring, known risks and insurance terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSign and document:\u003c\/strong\u003e sign applicable appendices and keep one dated copy each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow up:\u003c\/strong\u003e use Excel for actual fees and meter readings – not as an automatic legal decision support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about mooring agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs renting a mooring the same thing as residential renting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A non-residential lease may be applicable to certain quay and mooring grants. A marina may simultaneously have separate services. A standard residential lease template according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code is therefore not necessarily correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the removal day of March 14 apply to all mooring agreements?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rule regarding the removal day applies to certain lease grants, including indefinite non-residential leases according to Chapter 8, Section 5 when no valid agreement on notice period exists. Other agreements may follow other rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre winter storage, boat lifting and monitoring included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, not automatically. These should be agreed upon separately, partly because the actual storage of a boat may be subject to specific service-legal regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the boat be insured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck which insurance requirements apply according to the harbor's terms and which insurance the boat actually has. The agreement is not an insurance certificate and cannot guarantee compensation for all damages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the grantor sell or move the boat immediately upon non-payment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, not generally. Unpaid fees do not automatically give the right to self-help, seizure, sale or salvage of someone else's boat. Legal claim and enforcement procedures must be respected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the mooring agreement be transferred to someone else?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the nature of the agreement and applicable law. Granting someone else's space and changing to a larger boat should require prior check and approval according to the actual circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre both languages included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the updated ZIP package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF versions as well as Excel. The package is delivered automatically only after manual upload and linking in Digital Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and limitation of liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal sources checked October 13, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Land Code (1970:994), especially Chapters 7–8\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/arrende\/lagenhetsarrende\/avtal-tid-och-avgift\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Courts – non-residential lease\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/arrende\/lagenhetsarrende\/saga-upp-avtalet\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Courts – termination and removal day\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/lagar\/konsumenttjanstlagen-konsument\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Consumer Agency – storage services\u003c\/a\u003e; and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/lagar\/avtalsvillkorslagen-konsument\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Consumer Agency – reasonable standard terms\u003c\/a\u003e. The templates provide general documentation support and may need to be adapted. They do not replace individual legal advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003etemplates for lease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003etemplates in English\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelevant rental agreement guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/parkeringsplats-garage-batplats-avtal-regler\"\u003eParking, garage and boat berth agreements\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe links lead to Swedish-language guides.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559396290902,"sku":"7350139913966","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal_batplats_huvudbild_2027_bcde209a-a5dc-4b6b-adf5-749005350c06.png?v=1791917733"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-garage-mall-word-pdf","title":"Garage Lease Agreement Template – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarage Rental Agreement – Word, PDF, and Excel.\u003c\/strong\u003e A modern document package for a separate garage or parking space \u003cstrong\u003ein a garage building\u003c\/strong\u003e, with Swedish and English contract text, a choice-of-law checklist, practical appendices, and an Excel register. Clearly describe the parking space, lease term, notice period, access, vehicle, keys, fire safety, electric vehicle charging, fees, and liability before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EDF3F7;border-left:4px solid #2C6D7A;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage rent is not the same as residential rent or outdoor parking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eA defined space in a garage building may constitute \u003cstrong\u003ecommercial premises rental under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e. In the case of separate parking on open ground, \u003cstrong\u003eusufructuary lease (lägenhetsarrende)\u003c\/strong\u003e may apply instead. If the garage space is inseparably linked to the letting of a residence, this must also be analyzed. It is the true substance of the letting – not the heading on the form – that determines the legal rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the updated package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage Rental Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e a complete master agreement for a garage or marked space within a building, covering parties, location, period, rent, rules of use, liability, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage and Space Appendix:\u003c\/strong\u003e property designation, building, space number, dimensions, clearance height, access, and map reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicles and Keys:\u003c\/strong\u003e registration number, authorized vehicles, keys, access cards, and return procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage Regulations and Fire Safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e parking rules, flammable substances, evacuation, operational disruptions, and risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectricity and EV Charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e terms for approved charging box, metering, safety, and agreed payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFees and Payment Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e garage rent, due date, actual payments, separate charging, and VAT control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess and Move-in Protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e document doors, locks, charging points, condition, photos, and keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-out Protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e compare final condition with move-in documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Deposit and Final Settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e substantiated deductions, actual refunded amount, and disputed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotice of Termination – Control Document:\u003c\/strong\u003e checklist for commercial rental, notice period, form, service, and indirect tenure protection. \u003cem\u003eNot an automatically valid termination document.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmendment Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e change garage space, vehicle, rent, or individual terms with the parties' consent and within the framework of the law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide \/ English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e step-by-step, legal risks, legal sources, and specific VAT rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel Register with eight sheets:\u003c\/strong\u003e agreements, garage\/vehicles, payments, electricity\/charging, inspections, legal controls, sources, and overview.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e49 customer files in the new 2027 package:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable A4-PDF, and 1 XLSX. Twelve document types in Swedish and English. The English documents are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language versions governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e – not English or American rental contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF5DC;border-left:4px solid #C69D48;padding:16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant information regarding digital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e The new 49-file package must be \u003cstrong\u003euploaded and connected manually to Digital Products\u003c\/strong\u003e. Until then, only the two older original files already linked to the product are delivered, one DOCX and one PDF. The older files have not been modernized and are not included in the new ZIP delivery until the new file is connected. The original delivery remains unchanged.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich law applies to garage rent?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarage in a building – commercial premises rental\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 12, Sections 1 and 1b of the Swedish Land Code, \"rent\" refers to the letting of a house or part of a house in exchange for payment. Garages that are not residential may therefore be considered \u003cstrong\u003ecommercial premises\u003c\/strong\u003e, including in certain cases a marked garage space. In the legal case \u003cstrong\u003eNJA 2008 p. 85 (\"Garage space no. 4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e, a garage space agreement was treated as commercial premises rental. The Supreme Court has also, in the ruling \u003cstrong\u003eT 1347-24 (2025)\u003c\/strong\u003e, assessed that space in a rock cavern designed as a parking garage could constitute a rental. The classification must nevertheless be made based on the individual letting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOutdoor space – possibly usufructuary lease\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA separate parking space on open ground may be a usufructuary lease under Chapter 8 of the Land Code. Such agreements have different rules regarding notice of termination and tenure protection. Do not use the master template for commercial rental without adapting it to the correct choice of law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIndirect tenure protection for garages\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA commercial tenant may, according to Chapter 12, Sections 56–60 of the Land Code and subject to legal conditions, have \u003cstrong\u003eindirect tenure protection when the tenancy has lasted for more than nine consecutive months\u003c\/strong\u003e. This does not grant a general right to remain but may, among other things, entitle the tenant to compensation. A landlord's notice of termination may require written form, service, and specific information regarding mediation within two months according to Chapter 12, Section 58. A waiver of protection requires a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate document\u003c\/strong\u003e and sometimes approval from the Rent Tribunal. This document package does not replace legal review of an actual termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarages and VAT 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeparate leasing of parking and garage spaces is as a general rule subject to \u003cstrong\u003e25 percent VAT\u003c\/strong\u003e when the leasing takes place within a VAT-registered business. The Swedish Tax Agency's position from September 30, 2025, entails a changed assessment of when a parking space is considered subordinate to the leasing of a residence or commercial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant date: April 1, 2027.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swedish Tax Agency announced on March 23, 2026, that it is extending the transition period and, from this date, will apply the new assessment on its own initiative. If the parking space is located in the same or an adjacent property complex, cannot be opted out of in exchange for lower residential\/commercial rent, and is not sublet within a VAT-registered business, the letting may in some cases be considered subordinate to the main letting. All conditions must be checked. If the lessor is a private individual without a VAT-registered economic business, a specific tax legal assessment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFire safety, charging, and liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement should specify permitted vehicles, maximum height and weight, rules for flammable substances, charging points, access, and how faults are reported. \u003cstrong\u003eEV charging is not included automatically\u003c\/strong\u003e and should only take place using approved and safely installed equipment. The tenant's vehicle insurance and the landlord's property\/liability insurance need to be checked. Renting a garage is not necessarily the same as buying an active surveillance or storage service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to complete the rental agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck whether the space is in a garage building, on open ground, or linked to residential rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter the landlord and tenant, property, space number, dimensions, and access routes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect a fixed-term or open-ended agreement and check termination and any extension according to applicable law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecify rent in SEK, whether VAT is included, payment terms, and any surcharges for electricity and charging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill in vehicle and key appendices, fire safety rules, and insurance information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the garage together, document with photographs and any existing damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSign the master agreement and applicable appendices, and save the signed copies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse Excel for actual payments, consumption, and checkpoints. Legal notice periods are not calculated automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about garage agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs garage rent always commercial premises rental?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A garage or space in a building can be commercial premises rental, but an outdoor parking space can be a usufructuary lease. A garage space included in a residential agreement may need to be assessed as part of the main letting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a garage tenant have tenure protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndirect tenure protection according to Chapter 12, Sections 56–60 may apply after more than nine consecutive months in the case of commercial premises rental. This normally does not imply a right to live there or automatically retain the space, but may under certain conditions provide compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat notice period applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the lease term, agreed notice, the rules of the Commercial Tenancy Act, and whether the agreement is open-ended. There is no general one- or three-month rule for all garage agreements. Upon a landlord's termination, special formal requirements may apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould 25 percent VAT be added to garage rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOften when leasing a separate garage or parking space within a VAT-registered business, but not automatically in every private situation or if the parking, according to tax rules, is subordinate to a residential\/commercial letting. See the Swedish Tax Agency's updated guidance and transition date of April 1, 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the tenant allowed to charge an electric car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if charging is permitted according to the facility's terms and the equipment is approved. The rental agreement does not replace a technical safety inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the landlord sell a vehicle if the rent is not paid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, an unpaid rent amount does not generally grant the right to seize, impound, or sell someone else's vehicle. Claims and enforcement must be handled legally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English versions included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. According to the package description, the ZIP package for the 2027 edition includes 49 files. The ZIP is already linked to this product's digital delivery in Shopify Digital Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal sources reviewed October 13, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eThe Swedish Land Code (1970:994), specifically chapters 8 and 12\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/hyres--och-arrendenamnden-i-stockholm\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/avtal-hyrestid-och-uppsagning\/hyra-av-lokal\/besittningsskydd-vid-hyra-av-lokal\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Courts – indirect tenure protection for commercial premises\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/nyheter\/2025\/05\/upplatelse-av-utrymme-i-ett-bergrum-kan-utgora-hyra\/\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSupreme Court T 1347-24\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/foretag\/moms\/sarskildamomsregler\/fastighetsverksamhet\/uthyrningavfastighetochfrivilligskattskyldighet.4.18e1b10334ebe8bc80005741.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Tax Agency – leasing of property and parking spaces\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www4.skatteverket.se\/rattsligvagledning\/edition\/2026.11\/463310.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eSwedish Tax Agency's VAT assessment and transition period\u003c\/a\u003e. The document package provides general support according to Swedish law and may need to be adapted. It does not replace individual legal or tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003eall rental agreements\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003eEnglish document templates\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelevant rental agreement guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/parkeringsplats-garage-batplats-avtal-regler\"\u003eParking, garage and boat berth agreements\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe links lead to Swedish-language guides.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559398060374,"sku":"7350139913973","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/garage_huvudbild_2027_5e8fcaed-f723-4ced-b81e-b17d62b8f3af.png?v=1791919206"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-parkering-mall-word-pdf","title":"Parking space agreement – surface parking | Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParking space agreement – rental agreement for a parking space on land in Word, PDF, and Excel.\u003c\/strong\u003e A professional document package for the letting of an identified parking space on outdoor ground. The package provides the parties with an editable master agreement, map and site appendix, vehicle information, parking and safety rules, payment terms, electric vehicle charging, termination control, and detailed guides in Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#EEF3F6;border-left:4px solid #2B7186;padding:16px 18px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right law for the parking space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn independent space \u003cstrong\u003eon land\u003c\/strong\u003e that is let for consideration may be a \u003cstrong\u003enon-residential lease (lägenhetsarrende)\u003c\/strong\u003e under Chapter 8 of the Swedish Land Code. A space \u003cstrong\u003ein a garage or parking house\u003c\/strong\u003e may instead be a commercial lease under Chapter 12 of the Land Code. A space that is part of a residential lease or a cooperative housing unit must be assessed against the main letting agreement. The title of the agreement does not determine which law applies. The master agreement for this product is designed for ground parking and includes a separate choice-of-law checklist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThis is included in the new package\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eParking space agreement – master agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e parties, authorization, property, space number, vehicle, term of agreement, termination, fee, liability, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix A – parking area and map:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise location, boundaries, entrance, markings, and shared areas utilized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix B – vehicle and authorization:\u003c\/strong\u003e registration number, size, permitted vehicles, and contact details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix C – parking rules and safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessibility, environment, snow clearing, leakage, fire risk, and order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix D – fees and VAT:\u003c\/strong\u003e consideration, payment schedule, additional services, and checklist for tax assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix E – electricity and EV charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e technical requirements, approved charging, kWh reading, and compensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix F – handover and inspection report:\u003c\/strong\u003e documenting the condition of the space, markings, and access cards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix G – vacating and final inspection:\u003c\/strong\u003e actual observations upon moving out and return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix H – deposit and settlement:\u003c\/strong\u003e received amount, verified items, and separate record of disputes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix I – termination and choice-of-law review:\u003c\/strong\u003e specific check of agreement type, moving day (fardag), notice periods, and formal requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix J – amendment agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e change of space, car, fee, or other explicit terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide and English User Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e legal definitions, completion, VAT 2027, legal sources, and practical examples.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register with eight sheets:\u003c\/strong\u003e overview, spaces, agreements, vehicles, payments, charging, control, and legal sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e49 customer files in the new 2027 package:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 editable DOCX, 24 searchable PDF in A4 format, and 1 XLSX. All twelve document types are available in Swedish and English. English templates are \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language documents governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF5DD;border-left:4px solid #C59B44;padding:16px 18px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant information regarding current digital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extended 49-file package must first be \u003cstrong\u003euploaded and manually connected to Digital Products\u003c\/strong\u003e. Until then, the customer will only receive the product's two existing original files – one DOCX and one PDF. The original delivery remains unchanged and is not the same as the new 2027 package.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich law applies to the rental of a parking space?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eParking space on land – non-residential lease\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen land is let for consideration for a purpose other than agriculture, residential housing, or a facility lease, a \u003cstrong\u003enon-residential lease (lägenhetsarrende)\u003c\/strong\u003e may exist. An agreement can be oral or written, but written documentation of rights, a map appendix, term of agreement, and fee is recommended. \u003ca rel=\"nofollow\" href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/arrende\/lagenhetsarrende\/avtal-tid-och-avgift\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts – non-residential lease\u003c\/a\u003e describes the specific rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTermination and the moving day (fardag) of March 14\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA non-residential lease for a \u003cstrong\u003efixed term\u003c\/strong\u003e generally ends when that term expires, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. In the case of an \u003cstrong\u003eopen-ended letting\u003c\/strong\u003e without an agreed notice period, under \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8, Section 5 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, the agreement ends on the moving day (fardag) occurring closest to six months from the notice of termination. According to the law, the moving day is \u003cstrong\u003eMarch 14\u003c\/strong\u003e. The parties may agree on a different notice period. How termination should take place and be served is regulated in, among other places, Chapter 8, Section 8 of the Land Code. Check the actual termination date separately. A non-residential lease does not normally grant the lessee the right to a renewal review or compensation through the regional rent tribunal (arrendenämnden).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eParking in a garage or parking house\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA space in a building may have the character of a commercial lease under \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e. Such a letting may trigger completely different termination rules and, in certain cases, indirect security of tenure. Use a garage lease agreement following a separate legal assessment for such objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVAT on parking spaces – 2026 and 2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRental of a parking space as a separate supply in VAT-taxable economic activity is normally subject to \u003cstrong\u003e25 percent VAT\u003c\/strong\u003e. A parking space that, in an individual case, is subordinate to a residential or commercial lease may be subject to other rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApril 1, 2027, is an important date.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swedish Tax Agency decided on March 23, 2026, to further extend the transition period. The authority shall therefore, on its own initiative, begin to apply its changed assessment of parking spaces linked to residential and commercial premises for lettings starting from \u003cstrong\u003eApril 1, 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The assessment requires checking property complexes, whether the parking space can be opted out of for a lower rent, subletting, and other circumstances. The Swedish Tax Agency has specific information on rent paid in advance for periods spanning this date. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skatteverket.se\/foreningar\/driva\/ekonomiskforeningellerbostadsrattsforening\/momsienbostadsrattsforeningellerekonomiskforening.html\" rel=\"nofollow\"\u003eRead the Swedish Tax Agency's current information on parking VAT.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone letting out a space privately should not automatically add VAT without first assessing whether the rental is included in VAT-taxable economic activity. The Excel register does not establish VAT liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical terms to regulate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoundaries of the space:\u003c\/strong\u003e property designation, number, map, vehicle type, size, and access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFee:\u003c\/strong\u003e price per period, any VAT, payment date, and which additional services are actually included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEV charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e only after express agreement, with securely installed equipment and a clear price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e snow clearing, lighting, road markings, blockages, and risk reporting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability and insurance:\u003c\/strong\u003e the right to park does not in itself mean that the lessor is to guard or store the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoving out:\u003c\/strong\u003e return of access cards and documented settlement. Unpaid fees do not automatically grant the right to seize or sell the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to complete the template\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine if the letting concerns independent land, a space in a building, or parking linked to a dwelling or premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck who has the right to let the space; identify the property, parking space, and marking on the map.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSpecify the parties' details and the vehicle's registration number and permitted dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a fixed-term agreement or open-ended agreement and review the correct termination and service rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the fee and separate VAT assessment as well as terms for any charging, electricity, and access cards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSupplement with rules, inventory, access, and any deposit terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the master agreement and relevant appendices and retain dated copies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrack actual payments and electricity consumption in Excel. Do not use the register to automatically determine legal termination, VAT, or compensation claims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about parking space rental agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a parking space agreement always a non-residential lease?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Independent parking on land can be a non-residential lease, while parking in a building or as an integrated part of a residential agreement may be treated differently. Always assess the actual letting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a one-month notice period apply to all parking spaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Non-residential leases for an indefinite period have special rules under Chapter 8, Section 5 of the Land Code if no other notice period is agreed. Garage parking may be subject to other rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the parties choose a shorter notice period?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor open-ended non-residential leases, Section 5 of Chapter 8 allows for an agreed different notice period. The form of the termination and the other terms of the agreement must also be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes parking need 25 percent VAT from 2027?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot automatically in every situation. Independent VAT-taxable parking lettings are normally subject to 25 percent VAT. For residential-linked spaces, a specific assessment applies, and the Swedish Tax Agency's transition information indicates April 1, 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you charge an electric car at the space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the agreement and technical safety conditions permit it. Charging and metering are regulated separately in the appendix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the parking agreement the same as a garage lease agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A parking space on land and a space in a garage building may be subject to different legal rules. Do not use the same template without a choice-of-law review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in the new ZIP package with 49 files. The files are delivered automatically only after the package has been manually connected to the product in Digital Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and limitation of liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal sources checked October 13, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca rel=\"nofollow\" href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Land Code (1970:994), especially Chapters 7–8 and Chapter 12 where relevant\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca rel=\"nofollow\" href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/arrende\/lagenhetsarrende\/saga-upp-avtalet\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts – non-residential lease, moving day, and termination\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca rel=\"nofollow\" href=\"https:\/\/www4.skatteverket.se\/rattsligvagledning\/edition\/2026.11\/463310.html\"\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency – parking VAT and transition period\u003c\/a\u003e. The document package provides general support under Swedish law and may need to be adapted. It does not replace professional legal, tax, or technical individual advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelated templates: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-garage-mall-word-pdf\"\u003egarage lease agreement\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003elease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska\"\u003eEnglish templates\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-guidelinks-hyra-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated guides under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/parkeringsplats-garage-batplats-avtal-regler\"\u003eRead about parking, garage and boat berth agreements\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThe guides are in Swedish and explain matters under Swedish law.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559399141718,"sku":"7350139913980","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/parkering_huvudbild_2027_64e1603a-95e6-48c1-88ff-8c1493d0aa23.png?v=1791920581"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-bat-jetski-mall-word-pdf","title":"Rental agreement for boat \u0026 jet ski – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRental Agreement for Boat and Personal Watercraft – template for rentals under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear agreement helps lessors and lessees document the terms that apply when a boat, jet ski, or other personal watercraft is rented out. This document template is designed based on Swedish law and covers rental period, payment, authorized drivers, safety, insurance, damages, return, and security deposit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the updated document delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRental agreement in Swedish:\u003c\/strong\u003e editable Word template and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat \u0026amp; Personal Watercraft Rental Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e English version under Swedish law, Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandover and return protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English versions, Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser guides:\u003c\/strong\u003e specific step-by-step guides in Swedish and English, Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel registry:\u003c\/strong\u003e rentals, driver's license\/insurance checks, and automatic security deposit settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA total of 13 files: 6 DOCX, 6 PDF, and 1 XLSX. Swedish is the primary language. The English version is an \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e and is not a general British or American rental agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the agreed rental of, for example, a motorboat, sailboat, or personal watercraft where the parties need to clearly describe the vessel, the rental period, and the terms. For professional rentals, specific types of vessels, international operations, or passenger transport, more comprehensive documentation and regulatory checks may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant legal and practical checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDriver's license and maritime safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor personal watercraft covered by the Act (2021:626) on proficiency certificates for personal watercraft, special competency rules and exemptions apply. Drivers generally need a proficiency certificate, which can usually be obtained from the age of 15 after approved training. The lessor should verify identity and competency before handing over the vessel. Adapt the terms to the specific vessel, waters, and activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInsurance, deposit, and liability for damages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard private boat insurance does not necessarily cover rentals for payment. Verify in writing with the insurer which drivers, water areas, damages, and deductibles are covered. Document the condition at both pickup and return. Deductions from the security deposit should be specified and substantiated; the agreement does not automatically create unlimited liability for damages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich laws are relevant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe terms need to be assessed based on contract law, applicable maritime traffic and safety regulations, and the parties' situation. The Consumer Sales Act (2022:260) mainly concerns the purchase of goods and is not a general law on the rental of boats. The older Consumer Sales Act (1990:932) ceased to apply in 2022. The Consumer Services Act covers specified services, not automatically pure rental of movable property. Mandatory consumer law may still affect a specific contractual relationship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the parties and specify the identity of the boat or personal watercraft and authorized use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSpecify dates, amounts, security deposit, deductible, and clear cancellation terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck insurance, relevant competencies, and safety equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the rental agreement and document the handover with photos and protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform a new check upon return and account for any deposit settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a written agreement mandatory?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no general written requirement for all private rental of movable property, but an agreement is valuable to demonstrate what the parties have agreed upon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the template for a jet ski?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be adapted for a personal watercraft. Always check for driver's licenses, local rules, and insurance coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the English version work in Sweden?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe English template is written with Swedish law as a starting point. The choice of language does not change which law is applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the boat is damaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCircumstances, the agreement, the insurance, and applicable law determine liability. Use the protocol to document actual damage and supporting evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDigital delivery, format, and review\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Word files can be customized, the PDF files can be read and printed, and Excel is used for administrative follow-up. The document content was checked for regulations on October 14, 2026. The package is general documentation support and does not replace individual legal advice or checking of permits and insurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-batplats-mall-word-pdf\"\u003erental agreement for boat slip\u003c\/a\u003e when it is a slip – and not the boat itself – that is being leased.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559402254678,"sku":"7350139913997","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/01_Produktbild_Huvud_1600_9a5ef3f3-c54b-4841-9a39-741da2c56065.png?v=1791968344"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-bil-mall-word-pdf","title":"Car rental agreement – Word\/PDF\/Excel + English \u0026 guides","description":"\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCar rental agreement – Word, PDF and Excel under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDo you need a written \u003cstrong\u003ecar rental agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e? This digital document template helps individuals and businesses document terms and conditions for car rentals without a driver. You receive both Swedish and English versions of the agreement, handover and return protocols, detailed guides, and a functional Excel register. The documents are editable and have been developed based on Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #cad8e2;background:#f6f9fb;border-radius:8px;padding:18px 20px;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0;\"\u003eIncluded in the document package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Rental Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCar Rental Agreement – English\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandover and return protocol (SV)\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Condition Report (EN)\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – Word (DOCX) and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register\u003c\/strong\u003e – Excel (XLSX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal of 13 files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Word (DOCX), 6 searchable PDFs, and 1 Excel (XLSX). Swedish is the primary version; English is included as a supplementary language version according to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #cad8e2;background:#f6f9fb;border-radius:8px;padding:18px 20px;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0;\"\u003eWhat do the different files contain?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eSwedish Rental Agreement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eReady-made agreement structure for parties, car, driver, rental period, price, insurance, excess, usage, damages, and deposit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eCar Rental Agreement – English\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law: English-language version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eHandover and return protocol (SV)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eDocumentation of registration number, mileage, fuel\/charging, equipment, and any damages before and after the rental period.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eVehicle Condition Report (EN)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eEnglish version of the handover and return protocol for objective documentation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eSwedish User Guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eStep-by-step from license, insurance, and permit checks to return and archiving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eEnglish instructions, Swedish-law references, completion tips and common pitfalls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eExcel register\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e2eaf0;\"\u003eFive sheets: overview, rental register, deposit settlement, checklists, and guidance. Formulas for extra mileage and settlement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen should a car rental agreement be used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used as a basis for agreements for, for example, temporary private rentals or when a company needs to document agreed rental terms. Adjustments may be required for vehicle fleets, commercial rentals, mediation, longer leasing arrangements, international use, or specific insurance solutions. It is not an alternative to permits or customized business terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border-left:4px solid #2C5D7C;background:#f4f8fb;padding:15px 19px;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;\"\u003eImportant note regarding professional car rentals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (1998:492) on Car Rentals\u003c\/strong\u003e, a permit is required for the professional rental of cars and off-road vehicles without a driver for periods shorter than one year. The Swedish Transport Agency reviews permit applications. Ensure that the business model and insurance are approved before renting out vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should a car rental agreement contain?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eComplete and verified contract parties, registration number, and information about the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRental period, start and end times, payment, mileage, and any extra kilometers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAuthorized drivers, driver's license checks, and geographical restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInsurance information, excess (deductible), handling of damages, and breakdowns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFuel and charging terms, deposit, and substantiated settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eHandover, return, and documentation of normal wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCancellation, delays, changes, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance, damages, and deposit deductions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways verify that the relevant car insurance expressly covers the intended rental. Liability insurance and coverage for damage to your own car are separate matters. In consumer rentals, the lessor cannot, through a standard clause, automatically hold the lessee responsible for every instance of damage or theft. Normal wear and tear should not be treated as compensable damage. Any deductions from the deposit must be specified and substantiated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the Swedish main template and fill in the parties, car, driver, dates, and financial terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck driver's license eligibility, valid insurance, and any requirements for a car rental permit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInspect and photograph the car together and fill in the handover protocol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the agreement. Save a copy each, along with any appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the return protocol and perform a transparent settlement in Excel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about car rental\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a written rental agreement mandatory?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot for every individual rental of personal property, but written terms and documentation simplify evidence regarding rent, usage, and return.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a right of withdrawal when renting a car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn car rental, there is generally no statutory right of withdrawal. Check instead the agreed cancellation and rebooking terms, as well as any applicable consumer protection rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan individuals use the template?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Adapt it to actual private rental and especially check what the car insurance allows. Recurring rentals may need to be assessed differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an English version included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The English agreement is an \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e, not a general international or British\/American agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the deposit calculated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel register calculates preliminary deductions and a refund balance based on the entered items. A calculated amount does not in itself constitute a legally valid claim for compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal information and sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe content was checked on October 14, 2026, with particular consideration for the Act (1998:492) on Car Rentals, the Traffic Damage Act (1975:1410), contract law, and consumer terms. See, among others, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/Yrkestrafik\/Biluthyrning\/\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency on car rentals\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/hyra-bil-tips\/\"\u003eSwedish Consumer Agency on renting a car\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is general documentation support and does not replace individual legal advice, business permits, or assessments of insurance, tax, or VAT. The file package is delivered digitally as a ZIP file once the updated delivery is connected to the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a broader agreement template, see also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-for-los-egendom-mall-word-pdf\"\u003erental agreement for personal property\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559403663702,"sku":"7350139914000","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal-bil-huvudbild-2027_42b23098-9f3e-48e3-8cb4-ea0342eda1ac.png?v=1791969577"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-for-forvaringsutrymme-mall-word-pdf","title":"Rental agreement for storage units \u0026 storage space – Word\/PDF\/Excel + guides","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRental Agreement for Storage Units and Storage Space – Word, PDF, and Excel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo you need to write an agreement when a \u003cstrong\u003estorage unit or storage space\u003c\/strong\u003e is leased separately? Here, you get editable contract templates in Swedish and English, check-in and check-out reports, thorough user guides, and an Excel register. The material is based on Swedish law and is specifically adapted for an identifiable space where the user has agreed access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #D6E1E9;background:#F6F9FB;border-radius:8px;padding:18px 20px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish contract template\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Space Rental Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck-in and check-out report\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Check-in\/Check-out Report\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX and PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage register and deposit settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e – XLSX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal of 13 files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 DOCX, 6 searchable PDF, and 1 XLSX. Both the Swedish main version and the English language version are included. The English template is an \u003cem\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #D6E1E9;background:#F6F9FB;border-radius:8px;padding:18px 20px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eSwedish contract template\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eContracting parties, storage unit number, right of use, lease term, payment, insurance, termination, and move-out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eStorage Space Rental Agreement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eEnglish-language version according to Swedish law, not a universal international template.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eCheck-in and check-out report\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eKeys, climate\/moisture, damage, equipment, photo references, and documented return.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eStorage Check-in\/Check-out Report\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eEnglish-language version of the condition and key report.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eRule selection, completion instructions, usage examples, risks, move-out, and sources.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eGuidance in English about Swedish law, classification, and completion.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"text-align:left;vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eStorage register and deposit settlement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"vertical-align:top;padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #E0E9EF;\"\u003eSix sheets with overview, storage units, rental agreements, settlement, security checks, and instructions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDOCX is used to fill in and customize the template. PDF is suitable for reading and printing. The Excel register helps you administer storage units, rents, and preliminary deposit settlements; it does not determine whether a claim is legally justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples include the separate rental of a lockable storage unit in a building, a clearly identified warehouse space, or other storage premises. Always fill in the address, storage unit number, size, access, moisture\/heat standard, payment, and security terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border-left:4px solid #2C5D7C;background:#F5F8FA;padding:16px 20px;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003eImportant: storage rent and storage service are not the same thing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e applies to agreements where a house or part of a house is leased for consideration. A separate storage unit may, under certain circumstances, constitute commercial premises lease. However, if a company takes care of and stores a consumer's movable property, the \u003cstrong\u003eConsumer Services Act (1985:716)\u003c\/strong\u003e may apply as a storage service. The legal classification determines which terms may be used. Storage units included in an existing residential lease need to be evaluated against the main agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant contract terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLease term and termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo general notice period can be stated for all storage units. In the case of commercial lease, Chapter 12 of the Land Code and the actual conditions of the agreement determine what applies. A fixed-term agreement does not automatically expire under all circumstances without notice. Indirect security of tenure for commercial premises may arise when the tenancy has lasted for more than nine consecutive months, with compensation rules that differ from residential leases. Waiving such rights may require a separate document and approval from the Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInsurance, moisture, and security\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDocument the actual condition of the space and all promises regarding, for example, temperature, ventilation, freedom from moisture, and security. Check insurance for the storage unit and stored movable property. A general disclaimer does not automatically free the lessor from liability for defects or negligence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDeposit and abandoned property\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInformation about deductions, damage, and refunds must be documented and substantiated. The fact that the user does not pay does not give the lessor an automatic right to lock out the customer, seize property, or dispose of abandoned items. Applicable procedures must be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the documents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFirst, determine whether the arrangement is a commercial lease, a pure storage service, or part of another rental agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the parties, storage unit number, area, standard, access, rent, deposit, and appropriate termination rule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument the condition of the storage unit and keys in the check-in report. Photograph any deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSave the signed agreement, report, and photos for both parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFinish with a move-out report and make a specified settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a storage agreement always a commercial lease?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. How the space is used and what obligations the provider has are decisive. Storage services and storage units included in residential leases may require other agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a nine-month notice period always apply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The previously common simplification is misleading. Notice periods and formal requirements must be assessed based on the current type of agreement, agreement term, and legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the storage lessor disclaim all liability for damages?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the validity of the terms depends on the contractual relationship and applicable law. Explicit promises regarding, for example, moisture-free storage are important to document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the English version work according to Swedish law?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the English-language template is based on Swedish law, not British or American legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel be used to calculate deposits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the workbook calculates preliminary amounts and balances from entered items. Deductions still need to be contractual, correct, and documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources, format, and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule-checked on October 14, 2026, against the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eLand Code (1970:994)\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/konsumenttjanstlag-1985716_sfs-1985-716\/\"\u003eConsumer Services Act (1985:716)\u003c\/a\u003e, and guidance from the Swedish Courts and the Swedish Consumer Agency. Tax, VAT, fire safety, and insurance need to be reviewed separately if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe documents are generally support for contracts and documentation; they do not replace individual legal advice and may need to be adapted. The new file package is provided digitally as a ZIP once it has been linked to the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/lokalhyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003ecommercial lease agreement\u003c\/a\u003e when the letting concerns more extensive business premises or other commercial lease terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48559405138262,"sku":"7350139914017","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal-forrad-huvudbild-2027_d32e968b-8736-47d5-8f6b-4c325a2b61d8.png?v=1791970945"},{"product_id":"car-rental-agreement-pdf-word-sweden-english-languge","title":"Car Rental Agreement Template – Swedish Law (Word \u0026 PDF)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCar Rental Agreement – English-language version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/strong\u003e An editable rental contract for temporary use of a car in Sweden, with clear fields for the parties, the car, handover, dates, rental charges, deposit, insurance and driving restrictions. The original English Word and PDF files remain the automatic delivery while the separately prepared 2027 bilingual expansion awaits manual connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003csection style=\"border:1px solid #c7ddde;border-left:5px solid #116b6a;background:#f3f9f8;border-radius:12px;padding:20px;margin:22px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#173041\"\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrently delivered through Digital Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 original files: 1 English DOCX and 1 English PDF of the car rental agreement. These original files remain available and unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2027 expanded edition prepared separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 files in one new ZIP: \u003cstrong\u003e14 editable DOCX + 14 searchable PDF + 1 functional XLSX\u003c\/strong\u003e. Seven English and seven Swedish reference documents, each supplied in Word and PDF, plus the Excel fee register. The prepared set comprises the main agreement, pickup inspection, return report, driver\/use appendix, insurance and incident record, pricing\/deposit schedule and detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant delivery note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The new 2027 ZIP is \u003cstrong\u003enot yet attached\u003c\/strong\u003e to this product's Digital Products variant. Until the merchant manually connects it, the automatic purchase download contains \u003cstrong\u003eonly the original DOCX and PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e; the 29-file expansion is not automatically supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection style=\"border:1px solid #cdd7e2;border-left:5px solid #173041;background:#f6f8fb;border-radius:12px;padding:20px;margin:22px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#173041\"\u003eHow the files work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain rental agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e rental parties and vehicle identification, term, pickup\/return, agreed rent and extras, deposit, permitted drivers\/uses, actual insurance terms, reasonable care, accident reporting, damage evidence, complaint routes and signatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandover \u0026amp; return protocols:\u003c\/strong\u003e odometer readings, vehicle accessories, fuel\/charge level, existing defects, dated-photo references, signatures and clearly separated disputed claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver appendix:\u003c\/strong\u003e authorised drivers, appropriate licence verification and travel\/use limitations. \u003cstrong\u003eInsurance and incident record:\u003c\/strong\u003e policy details, deductibles, accident facts, insurer references and supporting evidence. \u003cstrong\u003ePrice\/deposit appendix:\u003c\/strong\u003e upfront agreed fees, kilometre charges, late-use conditions and itemised deposit assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish and Swedish guides:\u003c\/strong\u003e step-by-step completion, business licensing, consumer protections, insurance checks, worked calculations, GDPR care and source references. \u003cstrong\u003eExcel:\u003c\/strong\u003e input fields, distance and agreed-fee formulas, claims log, provisional deposit comparison and source list; it never decides legal liability or authorises debiting disputed charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho is this contract for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrivate vehicle owners and Swedish car rental businesses that need English-language paperwork based on Swedish law, subject to tailoring. For business-to-consumer rental, special care is needed with unfair terms and damage claims. This is not a UK\/US contract and does not independently confer business permission, insurance or enforceable consumer terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCurrent Swedish legal framework – checked 14 October 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional versus private rental:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Swedish Car Rental Act (1998:492) mainly concerns professional rental of cars and off-road vehicles without a driver for periods shorter than one year. Professional rental can require a Transportstyrelsen licence and vehicle reporting. The Act does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e generally require that every rental agreement be written; a signed agreement remains useful evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamage and wear:\u003c\/strong\u003e a renter does not automatically bear every damage claim. Evidence, conduct, causation, insurance and applicable consumer law matter. Normal wear must be distinguished from compensable damage, and a deposit cannot simply become an automatic payment for a contested claim. Check actual insurer conditions, including excess and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCancellation:\u003c\/strong\u003e consumers generally lack the statutory withdrawal right for car hire booked for a specific period, but the agreement must clearly explain any cancellation terms. Defects and consumer rights still require individual review. \u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy:\u003c\/strong\u003e limit collection and retention of identity\/licence information to what is actually needed and justified; supplying this template is not a GDPR privacy notice tailored to the lessor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePractical workflow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChoose whether the lessor is private or professional; verify ownership, any business permit, permitted vehicle use and insurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in English contract details, agreed prices and cancellation terms before taking payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the vehicle together at pickup and keep photo evidence of existing damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify approved drivers and restrictions; minimise stored driving-licence data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRecord return condition, mileage, fuel\/charge and any separately supported claim, allowing an opportunity to dispute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMake only lawful, transparently itemised charges. Preserve signed copies securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated Mallbutiken templates and guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Swedish wording, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/hyresavtal-for-bil-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eSwedish car rental agreement template\u003c\/a\u003e. Explore the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003erental agreement collection\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\"\u003elegal information about rental agreements\u003c\/a\u003e. These are complementary resources; always distinguish car rental from residential tenancy law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a written car rental agreement legally mandatory for every rental?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo general such rule follows from the Car Rental Act. Written documentation is strongly recommended to establish what was actually agreed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMay I rent out cars professionally without a licence?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional short-term car rental can require permission from Transportstyrelsen. Check the statutory conditions before undertaking rental operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I charge every new scratch or immediately withhold the deposit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Responsibility requires a case-specific legal and evidentiary assessment. Normal wear and disputed damage cannot be treated as automatic liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs an English contract governed by British or American law?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is designed for Swedish law, although cross-border aspects may need additional review.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill I receive all 29 files immediately after purchase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot yet. The 2027 ZIP is prepared but has not been linked to Digital Products. Until linkage, automatic delivery contains only the original English DOCX and PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOfficial sources and limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-1998492-om-biluthyrning_sfs-1998-492\/\"\u003eCar Rental Act (1998:492)\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/yrkestrafik\/biluthyrning\/\"\u003eTransportstyrelsen – rental permits\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/hyra-bil-tips\/\"\u003eKonsumentverket – renting a car\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/problem-med-hyrbilen\/\"\u003eKonsumentverket – rental disputes\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.imy.se\/\"\u003eSwedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY)\u003c\/a\u003e. Legal framework reviewed on 14 October 2026. General templates do not constitute personalised advice or certification by an external lawyer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50570616439126,"sku":"7350139914001","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/car-rental-agreement-main-2027_7e3daf61-6588-4dda-935c-47bd69f141d4.png?v=1792007342"},{"product_id":"inneboendeavtal-mallpaket-2026","title":"Lodger Agreement Template Pack 2026 – Room, Deposit \u0026 Inventory Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eLodger agreement template 2026 – complete package for rooms in your own home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete and editable template package in Word and PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e for those renting out a room or a specific part of their own home while continuing to live there themselves. The package includes a specific \u003cstrong\u003elodger agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e, an inventory and inspection annex, and a separate security deposit agreement with receipt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally reviewed as of \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 2, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and takes into account the new Swedish rental regulations that came into effect on \u003cstrong\u003eJuly 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, including the new Private Rental Act (2026:772).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"What is included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #d6e0e8;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.3rem;margin:0 0 12px\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ZIP file\u003c\/strong\u003e is verified in Digital Products: \u003cstrong\u003eLodger_Agreement_Template_Package_2026_WORD_PDF.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original table of contents specifies three document types in Word and PDF: lodger agreement, inventory and inspection annex, and security deposit agreement with receipt – a total of six internal format files. These have not been independently inventoried inside the ZIP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eThe customer receives a download item in the form of a ZIP archive, not six separate download links. Language: Swedish. Document version: 1.0 (2026-10-02).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #d6e0e8;border-radius:12px;background:#fff;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.3rem;margin:0 0 12px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003elodger agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e regulates the sublet room, common areas, rent, and notice period. The \u003cstrong\u003einventory and inspection annex\u003c\/strong\u003e documents the condition of the home and the inventory. The \u003cstrong\u003edeposit annex\u003c\/strong\u003e is used for amounts, receipts, permitted deductions, and final settlement. The documents must be adapted to the type of home and the legal framework applicable to the specific tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocument types according to the older table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLodger agreement 2026 – Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLodger agreement 2026 – PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInventory \u0026amp; inspection annex – Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInventory \u0026amp; inspection annex – PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity deposit agreement \u0026amp; receipt – Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity deposit agreement \u0026amp; receipt – PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDesigned specifically for a true lodger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lodger rents a specific part of the home where the landlord continues to live. This differs from subletting (second-hand rental), where the home or a part of it is effectively handed over for independent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains clear fields for which room is being let, which common areas the lodger may use, and a specific indication of which legal framework applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNew Private Rental Act from July 1, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the landlord is an individual or an estate and is renting out a room in a home that the landlord owns or holds as a tenant-owner apartment (bostadsrätt\/ägarlägenhet), the new \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e may apply. The Act applies from July 1, 2026, and replaced the Act on the Rental of Private Homes for new agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf, however, the landlord holds the home as a \u003cstrong\u003erental apartment (hyresrätt)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Private Rental Act does not apply. Instead, Chapter 12 of the Land Code (jordabalken) serves as the basis. The package is therefore structured with two clear legal tracks to ensure that the correct regulations are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs permission required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you live in a rental apartment and are only renting out a part of it to a true lodger, you generally do not need the landlord's permission. If, however, the lodger gains independent use of the home, the arrangement may be classified as subletting (second-hand rental), for which permission may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor tenant-owner apartments (bostadsrätt), the owner may not accommodate external persons if it could cause harm to the association or another member.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNo automatic right to security of tenure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Courts state that a true lodger does not have security of tenure (besittningsskydd). Therefore, a separate waiver of security of tenure is generally not needed for a correct lodger situation. If the arrangement is in practice a second-hand rental, the assessment may be different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent is regulated differently depending on the type of home\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package does not use a simplified standard for rent. The applicable rules depend on how the landlord holds the home. In the case of private rental according to the 2026 Private Rental Act, the Rent Tribunal can change a rent that is significantly higher than what is generally charged for comparable private rentals. If the landlord is renting the home themselves, the Land Code's rental rules apply instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe lodger agreement regulates, among other things\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elandlord and lodger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaddress, room, and common areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehome type and applicable legal track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erental period and notice period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erent and payment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectricity, internet, furniture, and other costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity deposit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einventory and condition of the home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmoking, pets, and guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehouse rules and disturbances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edamages and liability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprivacy and access to the rented room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal inspection, keys, and moving out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInventory and inspection annex\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annex makes it possible to document the condition at both move-in and move-out. It contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekeys, tags, and digital access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efurniture and other inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewalls, floors, windows, doors, and locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elighting and electrical outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estorage and smoke detectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephoto documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal inspection and any claims for compensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSecurity deposit agreement and receipt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe security deposit is handled in a separate annex so that it is clearly stated what the security covers and how the final settlement is to be made. The template regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeposit amount and receipt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat the deposit may be used for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethat the deposit is not automatically the last month's rent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estorage and any interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocumented deductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erefund and final settlement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandling of the undisputed portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe deposit is described as a \u003cstrong\u003econtractual security\u003c\/strong\u003e and not as an automatic penalty fee. Any deductions should be linked to a concrete and documented claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package has been prepared with consideration of, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772), in force since July 1, 2026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLand Code (1970:994), Chapter 12 on rent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTenant-Ownership Act (1991:614), specifically Chapter 7, Section 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecurrent guidance from the Swedish Courts and the Rent and Lease Tribunals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the package for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etenants who live in the home themselves and rent out a room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etenant-owners who rent out a room in their own home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evilla or condominium owners who rent out a part of the home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprivate individuals who want to clearly document deposits and inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn-depth guides and legal sources\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inneboendeavtal-hyra-deposition-besittningsskydd\"\u003eguide on lodger agreements, rent, and deposits\u003c\/a\u003e to understand the most important terms. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/privatuthyrningslagen-2026-772-nya-regler\"\u003enew Private Rental Act 2026:772\u003c\/a\u003e may be applicable depending on how the home is held and when the agreement was entered into. To distinguish a lodger from an independent tenancy, read the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/andrahandsuthyrning-faq-en-omfattande-guide\"\u003eguide on second-hand rental\u003c\/a\u003e. For move-in and move-out, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-uthyrning\"\u003einventory and inspection guide\u003c\/a\u003e is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLegal text: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e. The transitional provisions mean that the repealed Act (2012:978) may continue to apply to older agreements entered into under that act.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhen is someone a lodger and not a second-hand tenant?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eKey factors include whether the landlord actually continues to live in the home and whether the other person is granted independent use of the home. The title of an agreement does not determine how the tenancy is assessed legally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Private Rental Act apply if I rent out a room in a rental apartment?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Private Rental Act (2026:772) excludes tenancies where the landlord holds the home as a rental apartment (hyresrätt). In that case, Chapter 12 of the Land Code is the basis for legal assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs a deposit a fee that can always be kept?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The deposit is security for claims that may arise from the agreement. Deductions should relate to concrete and documented claims, and the remaining amount should be settled according to the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill I receive six separate download links?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. One ZIP archive is linked to the product. The older file content describes six internal Word\/PDF files, but the archive has not been inventoried in this review.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template should only be used as a lodger agreement when the landlord actually continues to live in the home. If the lodger is granted the home or a part of it for independent use, the tenancy may instead be a second-hand rental. In that case, other rules, permissions, and notice provisions may apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) + PDF\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ZIP (previous list indicates 6 internal DOCX\/PDF files; not separately inventoried)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 – 2026-10-02\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe templates are general document materials and do not replace individual legal advice. Always adapt rent, notice periods, deposits, home types, and other terms to actual conditions, and check any bylaws, house rules, and head leases.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55581572301142,"sku":"INNEBOENDE-2026","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/inneboendeavtal-mallpaket-2026.png?v=1790975029"},{"product_id":"kontorsplatsavtal-coworking-mallpaket-2026","title":"Office Space Agreement \u0026 Coworking Template Package 2026 – Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eOffice Space Agreement \u0026amp; Coworking Template Package 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete package of agreements and appendices for companies that rent out or lease an office space, coworking desk, flexible workspace, or part of an office premise.\u003c\/strong\u003e The package is designed for Swedish law and takes special account of the fact that the legal classification depends on the actual content of the sublease—not just on whether the agreement is called a coworking, membership, or service agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally reviewed as of \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 2, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is delivered in both Word (DOCX) and PDF format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"This is included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #d6e0e8;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.3rem;margin:0 0 12px\"\u003eThis is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ZIP archive\u003c\/strong\u003e is linked for download in Digital Products: \u003cstrong\u003eOffice_Space_Agreement_Coworking_Template_Package_2026_WORD_PDF.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe existing file list specifies four document types in Word and PDF: office space\/coworking agreement, service appendix, access\/security appendix, and guide\/checklist. This corresponds to eight internal format files, but they have not been independently verified inside the ZIP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eThe customer receives one ZIP download, not eight separate file attachments. Language: Swedish. Document version: 1.0 (2026-10-02).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #d6e0e8;border-radius:12px;background:#fff;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.3rem;margin:0 0 12px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe main agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e describes the rented space or area, access, fees, responsibilities, and contract term. \u003cstrong\u003eThe service appendix\u003c\/strong\u003e specifies access to internet, reception, cleaning, and other additions. \u003cstrong\u003eThe security appendix\u003c\/strong\u003e covers access, keys, furnishings, and information security. \u003cstrong\u003eThe guide\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the parties check whether the lease is legally a commercial lease or primarily a service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocument types according to the existing file list\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOffice Space Agreement \/ Coworking Agreement 2026 – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eService appendix for coworking and office space – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAccess, security \u0026amp; furnishings – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGuide \u0026amp; checklist for office space\/coworking – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor fixed desks, flexible desks, or private office rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement can be adapted for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea fixed, named workstation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea flexible hot-desk\/coworking desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea private office room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epart of a larger office premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emembership with workspace and service offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoffice hotel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal distinction: commercial lease or service agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a lease in practice entails that a building or part of a building is being leased for use in return for payment, Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code (Jordabalken) may be applicable. Therefore, calling the agreement “coworking,” “membership,” or “service agreement” does not automatically mean that the tenancy regulations are irrelevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a separate guide that helps the parties identify factors that point toward a commercial lease versus a more service-based coworking arrangement, such as exclusive right to a certain area, the ability to move the user between desks, the term of the lease, and the scope of services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe main agreement regulates, among other things\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and authorized representatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of workstations and maximum number of users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed or flexible desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract term and termination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erent\/membership fee and payment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity deposit and price adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emeeting rooms and additional services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eopening hours and 24\/7 access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccess cards, keys, and visitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epermitted activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and personal data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT and information security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance and liability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperational disruptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and subletting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity of tenure when commercial lease regulations are applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emoving out and return of premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eService appendix\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA separate service appendix makes it easy to document exactly what is included in the fee, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einternet and Wi-Fi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereception\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003email and package handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecoffee and kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elockers and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebusiness address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparking\/bicycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshower\/gym\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprice list for additional services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAccess, security, and furnishings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also contains a separate appendix for users, access cards, keys, furnishings, physical security, information security, fire protection, and return of items at the end of the contract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIf the lessor rents the premises themselves\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the lessor is themselves a primary tenant, the main lease agreement must be checked. Under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, a premise may not be sublet for independent use without the property owner's consent. If consent is refused, the Regional Rent Tribunal (Hyresnämnden) may in certain cases grant permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndirect security of tenure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the lease is legally a commercial lease, the tenant normally receives an indirect security of tenure once the tenancy continues for more than nine consecutive months. This protection does not mean an unconditional right to remain, but in certain situations, it may provide a right to compensation and deferment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAny waiver of the tenant's security of tenure must be done in a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate document\u003c\/strong\u003e and may require approval from the Regional Rent Tribunal. The package therefore refers to the Regional Rent Tribunal's current forms HN3\/HN5 instead of building a general waiver into the main agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality in a shared office environment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen several companies work in the same premises, business information may be exposed through screens, conversations, documents, or meetings. The agreement therefore contains special provisions regarding confidentiality, trade secrets, clean desk policies, visitors, and IT security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package has been developed with consideration for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Land Code (1970:994), Chapter 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulations on lease terms and termination for commercial premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulations on subletting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulations on indirect security of tenure for commercial premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOrdinance (2005:1148) on certain agreements concerning waiver of security of tenure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679, when personal data is processed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this package suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies that rent out one or more office spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoffice hotels and coworking operators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies that want to share their premises with another company\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsultants, startups, and small businesses that rent workspace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproperty or premises managers who need standardized appendices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated guides and legal sources\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur guide on \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/coworkingavtal-kontorsplatsavtal-hyra-tjanst\"\u003ecoworking agreements and office space agreements\u003c\/a\u003e explains the boundary between commercial leases and service agreements. For leases assessed as commercial leases, our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-for-lokal-faq\"\u003eguide on commercial lease agreements and security of tenure\u003c\/a\u003e may also be relevant. See \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/a\u003e for the law's tenancy regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs coworking always a service agreement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. If the agreement entails an actual lease of a building or part of a building in return for payment, the regulations on commercial leases may be applicable regardless of the agreement's title.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes indirect security of tenure apply to every office desk?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. First, the lease must be a commercial lease. For commercial lease agreements, it is also required that the conditions in the Land Code are met, including regarding the length of the tenancy and any valid waivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eMust the lessor check their own lease agreement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if the lessor rents the premises, the main agreement's terms and the need for the property owner's consent should be checked before allowing others to use the premises independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill I receive eight individual download links?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Digital Products shows one ZIP archive. The previous product list specifies eight Word and PDF files internally, but the contents of the archive have not been inventoried here.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNote\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates are general document materials. The legal classification of a coworking arrangement can depend on how the agreement is actually implemented. Always check the main lease agreement, the property owner's consent, VAT, insurance, fire safety, and potential security of tenure in your specific situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) + PDF\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerified delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ZIP (list specifies 8 internal format files; not separately checked)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 – 2026-10-02\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55581664280918,"sku":"KONTORSPLATS-COWORKING-2026","price":199.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kontorsplatsavtal-coworking-mallpaket-2026.png?v=1790976298"},{"product_id":"hyresavtal-privatuthyrning-2026-2027-word-pdf","title":"Rental Agreement Private Rental 2026\/2027 – Condominium\/House Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eRental Agreement for Private Rental 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF according to the new Private Rental Act\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003erental agreement for the private rental of a property owned by the lessor\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for private individuals or estates renting out, for example, a \u003cstrong\u003econdominium (bostadsrätt), detached house, owner-occupied apartment, or part of a home owned by the lessor\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template package is adapted to the \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which applies to new agreements from July 1, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish law on October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is designed for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains both a comprehensive editable rental agreement and a separate detailed user guide that explains step-by-step how the agreement should be filled out and what checks should be performed before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive. The product listing specifies 2 document types in Word\/PDF (4 internal files, 17 pages, 3 integrated appendices). The ZIP content has not been inventoried separately. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"This is included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eThis is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e one ZIP file, \u003cstrong\u003eRentalAgreement_PrivateRental_2026_2027_TemplatePackage.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the previous table of contents, the rental agreement for private rental and user guide are included in Word and PDF; three integrated appendices for inspection, inventory, and keys. The listing specifies 2 document types and 4 internal format files (17 pages). 3 appendices are described as parts of the agreement. The ZIP archive's internal files have not been inventoried separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eOne ZIP download is verified – not 4 separate file attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#fff\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rental agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e parties, residence, rent, surcharges, security deposit, usage, liability, contract term, and termination. \u003cstrong\u003eThe appendices:\u003c\/strong\u003e inspection report, inventory, and keys\/meter readings. \u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e instructions for adapting the agreement according to the applicable Private Rental Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eThe Private Rental Act (2026:772) applies from July 1, 2026, but has specific limitations and transitional provisions. Older agreements may be covered by older legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocuments according to the table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRental Agreement Private Rental 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e – 11 pages with contractual terms, checkpoints, and three appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6 pages with legal orientation, step-by-step instructions, common mistakes, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 1: Inspection Report\u003c\/strong\u003e – document the condition of the home upon move-in and move-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 2: Inventory List\u003c\/strong\u003e – for furniture, equipment, and other movable property.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 3: Keys and Meter Readings\u003c\/strong\u003e – for key receipts and reading relevant meters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNew law from July 1, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe previous Act (2012:978) on renting out one's own home has been replaced by the \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e for rental agreements entered into from July 1, 2026. Older agreements are still covered in some respects by older rules. Therefore, it is important not to use an older standard template without first checking which regulatory framework applies to the specific agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis template is specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003enew private rental agreements 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is the template suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for rentals where the landlord is a natural person or an estate and the lease concerns a home owned by the landlord. Examples:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econdominium (bostadsrätt),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edetached house or small house,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eowner-occupied apartment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epart of a house or other owned home,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother owned home covered by the Private Rental Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the template not be used without special verification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act does not apply to all rental situations. The package therefore contains a clear checklist before the actual agreement. The template is not intended to be used unchanged when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe landlord rents out a home that the landlord themselves holds with a \u003cstrong\u003etenancy right (hyresrätt)\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe rental occurs \u003cstrong\u003eregularly and includes more than two homes that the landlord does not use themselves\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe lease is exclusively for \u003cstrong\u003eleisure purposes\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe parties are covered by other special regulatory frameworks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn such situations, the legal framework should be assessed separately before the agreement is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCondominium – consent from the association\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the rented home is a condominium (bostadsrätt), the condominium association's consent is normally required for the subletting. If the board does not grant consent, the condominium holder may, under certain conditions, apply for permission from the Rent Tribunal (hyresnämnden).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement therefore contains a special section where the parties specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the home is a condominium,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the board's consent has been obtained,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich period the consent covers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the validity of the agreement shall be conditional upon obtaining necessary permission.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClear contract term – fixed or indefinite\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used for both \u003cstrong\u003efixed-term\u003c\/strong\u003e agreements and agreements that run \u003cstrong\u003eindefinitely\u003c\/strong\u003e. The user marks which option applies and fills in the start date and, where relevant, the end date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide explains the difference between the forms of agreement and why parties should avoid contradictory wording regarding the rental period and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTermination according to the Private Rental Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is adapted to the rules on termination in the 2026 Private Rental Act. It contains separate rules for fixed-term and indefinite agreements, as well as space for terms that are more favorable to the tenant where the law allows it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a starting point, the tenant can terminate the agreement so that it ends at the turn of the month occurring at the earliest three months after the termination. For agreements that run indefinitely, the same three-month rule also applies to the landlord. A fixed-term agreement normally ends at the agreed end time, and the landlord does not have any general free right to terminate it prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital termination and contact information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new law contains rules that make it relevant to provide a specific electronic address for messages. The template therefore has separate fields for e-mail and other contact details, as well as clear instructions on how terminations and important messages should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent – fixed monthly amount and surcharges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement has separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed monthly rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment account,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectricity, heating, water, broadband, and other operating costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecosts included in the rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecosts charged based on actual consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduces the risk of rent and operating costs being mixed up in a way that later creates a dispute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndex adjustment – optional and clearly marked\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes an \u003cstrong\u003eoptional index clause\u003c\/strong\u003e for situations where the parties wish to agree on rent adjustments based on an index. The clause is separately marked, and the user guide describes that the law's requirements must be met before a rent change is implemented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are also fields for base index, comparison index, calculation month, and the time for any potential change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReasonable rent and review by the Rent Tribunal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act contains rules regarding the amount of rent and the possibility of review. The agreement therefore does not attempt to lock the parties into wording that would set mandatory rules aside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide reminds the landlord to document how the rent was determined and to check current comparable properties and legal conditions before the agreement is entered into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSecurity deposit – optional clause\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a special section for the security deposit where the parties can specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeposit amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the deposit is held,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich documented claims may be offset,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen the remaining amount is to be repaid after move-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clause is explicitly optional. The package does not assume there is a specific statutory standard model for the deposit but helps the parties to agree clearly on its handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInspection before and after the rental\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common source of dispute is whether damage existed already at move-in or arose during the rental period. Therefore, a separate \u003cstrong\u003einspection report\u003c\/strong\u003e is included in the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe report has space for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewalls and ceilings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efloors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekitchen and appliances,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebathroom,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edoors and windows,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efurniture and fixed equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother damage or remarks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide recommends that the parties supplement the report with dated photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInventory list for furnished housing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor furnished rentals, Appendix 2 can be used to document which items are included, the quantity, the condition upon move-in, and the condition upon return. This makes it significantly easier to distinguish normal wear and tear from concrete damage or missing property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey receipt and meter readings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of keys handed over,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etags and access systems,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egarage or mailbox keys,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emeter readings for electricity, water, or other relevant consumption,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate and receipt upon handover and return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCondition of the home, damage, and defects\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement regulates how the home's condition is documented, how defects should be reported, and how the parties should handle damage that occurs during the rental period. It also contains explicit references to mandatory rules where a standard clause may not limit the tenant's statutory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a section where the parties can document their insurance situation. The tenant is encouraged to check the need for their own home insurance, and the landlord should check that their own insurance is valid during the rental period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage of the home\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains conditions regarding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresidential purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of residents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehouse rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmoking and pets where the parties wish to regulate this,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisturbances,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ealterations to the home,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubletting and lodgers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAccess for the landlord\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe landlord does not have a free right to enter the rented home at any time. The template therefore contains a special section for access in cases of, for example, necessary maintenance, inspection, or other legal and factually motivated situations, with regard to the tenant's possession and privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTenure protection (Besittningsskydd)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new Private Rental Act means that the tenant, in a lease covered by the act, does not have the usual tenure protection that might otherwise be triggered according to the Rent Act. This is explicitly stated in the agreement and explained in the user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e17 pages of professional documentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe main agreement and the appendices cover 11 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. The separate user guide covers \u003cstrong\u003e6 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. The documents are designed for A4, have clear headings, structured fill-in fields, checkbox options, and signature sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide – step by step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide is not just a short instruction. It helps the user through the entire process:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003everify that the Private Rental Act is actually applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck housing type and any permits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eidentify the parties correctly,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edescribe the home and what is included,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echoose the right rental period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edetermine and document the rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandle operating costs and any indexation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edecide on a security deposit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarry out inspection and inventory,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck insurance and keys,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efill in termination and contact information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edo a final check and sign the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The documents have been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code (1970:994)\u003c\/strong\u003e in the parts that are triggered by the private rental rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCondominium Act (1991:614)\u003c\/strong\u003e, especially rules regarding subletting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erelevant transitional provisions for agreements entered into before and after July 1, 2026.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e means that the template package has been reviewed against the legal situation at the date of review and is designed for use during these years. In case of later legislative changes, new case law, or changed individual circumstances, a new check should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and digital delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive. According to the previous file list, there are 2 document types, 4 internal Word\/PDF files, and three agreement appendices (not inventoried separately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – ready-made reference and print version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne ZIP download\u003c\/strong\u003e – the list specifies four internal format files, not inventoried.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e17 A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e in total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuides and further reading\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/privatuthyrningslagen-2026-772-nya-regler\"\u003eguide on the Private Rental Act 2026:772\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyra-ut-villa-privatuthyrningslagen\"\u003eguide on renting out a detached house\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-uthyrning\"\u003eguide on inventory lists and inspection reports\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/ansokan-andrahandsuthyrning-bostadsratt-styrelse-hyresnamnden\"\u003eguide on permission for subletting a condominium\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\"\u003ethe Private Rental Act in the Swedish Code of Statutes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow are the rental agreement and appendices delivered?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA ZIP file is linked to the product. The previous table of contents indicates the agreement and guide in Word\/PDF with three agreement appendices, but the ZIP file's internal content has not been separately verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the template for a condominium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided that the lease is covered by the Private Rental Act and that necessary consent or permission for the subletting is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for my villa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a privately owned villa or part of a villa can be covered by the Private Rental Act when the other conditions of the act are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it if I rent the apartment myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, not as standard. If the landlord themselves holds the home with a tenancy right, the situation is not covered by the Private Rental Act in the same way, and a specific subletting agreement for a tenancy right should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an inventory list included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Inventory list, inspection report, and key\/meter appendix are included in the main agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre instructions included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A separate six-page user guide in both Word and PDF is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the agreement updated according to the new law in 2026?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The template package was legally reviewed on October 4, 2026, and designed with the Private Rental Act (2026:772) as the central legal foundation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe documents are professional general templates and information material. They must be adapted to the individual rental relationship and do not replace individual legal advice. Special verification is recommended in cases of, for example, complicated ownership structures, multiple simultaneous rentals, company-like rental activities, disputes, unusual rental terms, or uncertainty about which regulatory framework applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55596850577750,"sku":"PRIVATUTHYRNING-2026-2027","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresavtal-privatuthyrning-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791129979"},{"product_id":"borgensforbindelse-proprieborgen-hyresavtal-2026-2027","title":"Guarantee \/ Personal Guarantee 2026\/2027 – Lease Agreements \u0026 Commercial Agreements Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eSurety Undertaking \/ Joint and Several Guarantee (Proprieborgen) 2026\/2027 – Lease Agreements \u0026amp; Commercial Contracts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete template package for \u003cstrong\u003esurety undertakings and joint and several guarantees (proprieborgen)\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law. The package includes both a general\/commercial joint and several guarantee template and a specific version for \u003cstrong\u003eresidential or commercial lease agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e, plus a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed on October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and developed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It specifically takes into account Chapter 10 of the Swedish Commercial Code as well as the special rules regarding security and guarantees in leases set out in Chapter 12, Sections 28 and 28 a of the Swedish Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP file. The product’s previous table of contents indicates 3 document types in Word\/PDF (6 internal format files, 10 pages). The internal files have not been inventoried separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"Included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified digital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive, \u003cstrong\u003eBorgensforbindelse_Proprieborgen_2026_2027_Mallpaket.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original product list indicates a general commercial joint and several guarantee, a specific surety undertaking for lease agreements, and a detailed user guide, according to the table of contents in Word and PDF. It specifies 3 document types, 6 internal Word\/PDF format files, and 10 A4 pages. The internal files of the ZIP archive have not been independently inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eA ZIP download is verified, not 6 individual download links.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#fff\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral joint and several guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e principal debtor, debt, maximum commitment, payment liability, and right of recourse. \u003cstrong\u003eLease guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e residential or commercial, identity of the lease agreement, scope of the commitment, and relevant rules. \u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e security risks, signatures, and what to check before providing a guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eA joint and several guarantee (proprieborgen) entails payment liability as if for one's own debt. For residential leases, there are special protective rules in Chapter 12 of the Land Code. The magnitude of the financial risk must be understood before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocuments according to the table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Surety Undertaking \/ Joint and Several Guarantee 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurety Undertaking for Lease Agreements 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAll three documents in both Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eJoint and Several Guarantee (Proprieborgen) – guarantee as for one's own debt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a joint and several guarantee (proprieborgen), the guarantor assumes the principal debtor's debt as if it were their own debt. When the secured obligation has fallen due, the creditor may direct claims against the debtor or the guarantor within the scope of the guarantee commitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is therefore clearly marked as a \u003cstrong\u003ejoint and several guarantee (proprieborgen)\u003c\/strong\u003e and should not be confused with a simple guarantee, where liability for payment is triggered in a different manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral and commercial surety undertaking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe general version can be adapted for, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommercial delivery and cooperation agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorporate debts and private debts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommercial leases,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother clearly identified payment obligations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document contains structured fields for the principal agreement, principal debtor, creditor, guarantor, monetary limit, term, interest, collection costs, future obligations, and multiple guarantors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMonetary-limited or clearly defined guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template makes it possible to specify a \u003cstrong\u003emaximum capital amount\u003c\/strong\u003e and separately indicate whether interest, penalty interest, or legally reimbursable collection costs are to be covered in addition to the amount limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also possible to specify which principal agreement is covered and for what period the commitment applies. This reduces the risk of later disputes regarding the scope of the guarantee commitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAmendments to the principal agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA guarantor should not, without clear consent, have to bear a completely different or substantially greater risk than that accepted at the time of signing. The template therefore includes a specific clause stating that substantial extensions of the principal debtor's obligations must be handled explicitly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are also fields to indicate whether normal index or rent adjustments, extension periods, or other future changes are to be covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMultiple guarantors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf two or more persons act as guarantors without a reservation for shared liability, Chapter 10, Section 11 of the Commercial Code states that they are liable jointly and severally (one for all and all for one). The package therefore includes a clear choice between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ejoint and several liability\u003c\/strong\u003e, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eshared liability\u003c\/strong\u003e according to an explicitly stated distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial template for lease agreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lease version is divided so that the user must indicate whether the security applies to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eresidential premises\u003c\/strong\u003e, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ecommercial premises\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important because residential leases and commercial leases do not have identical rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eResidential lease – mandatory right of termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a guarantee has been provided as security for a \u003cstrong\u003eresidential lease\u003c\/strong\u003e agreement, the guarantor has a specific statutory right according to Chapter 12, Section 28 a of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guarantor may terminate the commitment so that it ends at the turn of the month occurring closest after \u003cstrong\u003enine months from the notice of termination\u003c\/strong\u003e, but no earlier than a time occurring \u003cstrong\u003etwo years after the guarantee commitment began to apply\u003c\/strong\u003e. A contractual term that restricts this right is void.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lease template therefore contains specific fields for the start date, the two-year limit, and where a notice of termination from the guarantor should be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommercial lease\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor commercial leases, the residential rule in Section 28 a does not apply. Instead, Chapter 12, Section 28 of the Land Code regulates the situation where a pledge or guarantee as security for a commercial lease agreement deteriorates. The tenant may then, under the conditions of the law, be required to provide new security, and failure to provide new security may have consequences for the lease agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package therefore keeps residential and commercial premises clearly separated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat obligations can be covered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user can select, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprincipal debt or unpaid rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreed surcharges and fees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreed interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epenalty interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegally reimbursable collection costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother specifically stated payment obligations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTerm and future obligations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a general guarantee, there are fields to indicate whether the commitment applies until full payment, until a certain date, or according to another defined point in time. For ongoing principal agreements, the parties can also indicate whether the guarantor has the right to terminate the commitment for future obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuch termination does not automatically mean that liability for obligations already incurred disappears. Therefore, the template clearly distinguishes between debt already incurred and future obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClaims against the guarantor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package recommends that a claim clearly specifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich principal obligation has not been fulfilled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprincipal debt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einterest and costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the requested amount has been calculated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRecourse after payment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the guarantor pays the principal debtor's debt, a right of recourse against the principal debtor may be triggered. The template package explains this in the user guide but does not fully regulate complicated recourse, security, or co-guarantor relationships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between a joint and several guarantee (proprieborgen) and a simple guarantee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the principal obligation is identified,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emonetary limitation and term,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emultiple guarantors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe residential lease special rule in Section 28 a of the Land Code,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommercial lease and Section 28 of the Land Code,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eamendments to the principal agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclaims against the guarantor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecourse after payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon mistakes and final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n.\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegally reviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe documents were reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10, Sections 8–12 of the Commercial Code\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 28 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – security for commercial leases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 28 a of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – residential lease guarantee and the guarantor's mandatory right of termination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Interest Act (1975:635)\u003c\/strong\u003e, where relevant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and digital delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP download. The older product list indicates 6 internal format files (not independently inventoried).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – print-ready A4 format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents \/ 6 files \/ 10 A4 pages.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuides and further reading\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/skuldebrev-juridisk-information-1\/borgensavtal-enkel-borgen-proprieborgen\"\u003eguide on simple guarantees and joint and several guarantees\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/proprieborgen-hyresavtal-borgensman-ansvar\"\u003ethe guide on guarantees for lease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-for-lokal-faq\"\u003ethe guide on commercial lease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the guarantee documents delivered separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA ZIP file is verified as a download. The table of contents indicates three document types in Word\/PDF, but the archive's internal files have not been checked separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does joint and several guarantee (proprieborgen) mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe guarantor has undertaken the debt as if for their own debt, which means the creditor can direct claims directly against the guarantor when the secured obligation is due.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I set a maximum amount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The template has specific fields for the maximum capital amount and what may possibly be added in addition to that amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the template be used for residential leases?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A separate lease version is included and contains the residential lease's mandatory rule according to Chapter 12, Section 28 a of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the same lease template be used for commercial premises?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but the user must explicitly indicate whether the object is a residence or commercial premises because the rules differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same thing as a simple guarantee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The package is intended for a joint and several guarantee (proprieborgen). The template shop previously provided a separate template for a simple guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA guarantee can entail extensive financial liability. The templates are general document drafts and must be adapted to the principal agreement, amount, term, and actual risk. In cases of large amounts, consumer credit, bankruptcy risk, or complex security arrangements, individual legal advice should be sought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"mb-related-moderbolagsgaranti\" style=\"margin:20px 0\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRelated template: parent company guarantee and group guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis guarantee template refers to commercial and tenancy obligations in general. For a parent company's specifically limited guarantee for a subsidiary's identified payment obligation, there is also a package with a group guarantee, board minutes, and an Excel checklist. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/moderbolagsgaranti-koncerngaranti-b2b-2027\"\u003eParent company guarantee \u0026amp; group guarantee 2027 – Word\/PDF\/Excel\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55597191201110,"sku":"BORGEN-PROPRIEB-HYRA-2026-2027","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/borgensforbindelse-proprieborgen-2026-2027-word-pdf.png?v=1791136799"},{"product_id":"uppsagning-hyresavtal-bostad-privatuthyrning-lokal-2026-2027","title":"Termination of Tenancy Agreement 2026\/2027 – Residential, Private Rental \u0026 Commercial Premises Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eTermination of Tenancy Agreement 2026\/2027 – Residential, Private Rental \u0026amp; Commercial Premises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete template package for \u003cstrong\u003ea tenant’s termination of a tenancy agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law. The package contains three separate termination forms for different rental situations: standard residential tenancy under Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code, private rental under the new Private Rental Act (2026:772), and commercial premises where the tenant wishes to terminate the agreement for vacating the premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed on October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and developed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The separation is important because the rules regarding notice periods, how notice may be given, and which regulatory framework applies differ between standard residential tenancy, private rental, and commercial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP file. The product's previous table of contents specifies 4 document types in Word\/PDF (8 internal format files, 5 pages). The internal files have not been inventoried separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"Included in this package\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eIncluded in this package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified digital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive, \u003cstrong\u003eUppsagning_Hyresavtal_2026_2027_Mallpaket.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original product list specifies three termination forms for tenants (standard residence, private rental, and commercial premises for vacating) as well as a user guide, according to the list in Word and PDF. It specifies 4 document types, 8 internal Word\/PDF format files, and 5 A4 pages. The internal files of the ZIP archive have not been independently inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eA ZIP download is verified, not 8 individual download links.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#fff\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResidential termination:\u003c\/strong\u003e termination date and vacating in accordance with applicable rental rules. \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate rental:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate form according to the Private Rental Act (2026:772) when applicable. \u003cstrong\u003eCommercial premises:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenant's termination for vacating, not for modification of terms. \u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e formal requirements, recipients, deadlines, and evidence regarding service or receipt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eNotice periods, formal requirements, and any transitional provisions must be checked for the actual agreement. Agreements for commercial premises may have specific rules and contractual terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocuments according to the table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination of Tenancy Agreement – Residential 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, 1 A4 page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination – Private Rental 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, 1 A4 page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTermination of Commercial Tenancy Agreement – Tenant 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, 1 A4 page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 2 A4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAll documents in both Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThree different forms – choose the right regulatory framework\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the greatest risks when terminating a tenancy agreement is using a general form without first checking which law applies. For this reason, this package contains three clearly delimited templates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Standard residential tenancy according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first form is intended for a tenant's termination of a residence covered by the rental rules in \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 12, Section 5 of the Land Code, a residential tenant may always terminate the agreement so that it ends at the turn of the month occurring earliest three months after the termination. In certain situations, the tenancy agreement may grant the tenant more favorable rights, and the agreement should therefore always be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe form contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etenant and landlord,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erental object and apartment number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate of the tenancy agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindefinite or fixed-term agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreed notice period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edesired and calculated last day of tenancy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew address, inspection, and practical details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignature and acknowledgment of receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWritten termination and evidence\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tenancy has lasted longer than three months, the termination must normally be in writing according to Chapter 12, Section 8 of the Land Code. A tenant's oral termination may in some cases be accepted if the landlord provides a written acknowledgment, but written termination is normally safest from an evidentiary point of view.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard rentals, a registered letter may be used under the conditions of the law, which is also covered in the user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Private rental according to the Private Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second form is specifically designed for agreements covered by the \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which entered into force on July 1, 2026, replacing the Act (2012:978) on the rental of private dwellings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new law applies, among other things, when a natural person or an estate of a deceased person rents out a house or part of a house for residential purposes, but it contains important exceptions. For example, not all sublettings of a rental apartment are covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThree months' notice period under the new law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 6, Sections 1–2 of the Private Rental Act, the tenant may terminate both fixed-term and indefinite agreements so that they end at the turn of the month occurring earliest three months from the termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe form contains specific fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eidentity of the tenant and landlord,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe privately rented dwelling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etype and date of the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate the termination is sent or delivered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edesired and calculated last day of tenancy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elandlord's specified electronic address,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evacating details and acknowledgment of receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eElectronic address and registered letter for private rentals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Private Rental Act contains its own rules on when a termination is considered to have taken place. If the recipient has specified an electronic address for messages regarding the tenancy agreement, the termination may, according to the law, be considered to have taken place when sent to that address. Registered mail may also be used in accordance with the law's rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the separate private rental form particularly relevant following the 2026 legislative amendment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTransitional rules – older private rental agreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new Private Rental Act entered into force on July 1, 2026. The previous act (2012:978) still applies to agreements entered into under the older act before the entry into force. Therefore, the user guide reminds you to check the \u003cstrong\u003edate of the agreement and which regulatory framework the agreement falls under\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Commercial premises – tenant's termination for vacating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third form is for the \u003cstrong\u003ecommercial tenant who actually wants to end the tenancy and leave the premises\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a commercial tenancy agreement valid for an indefinite period, the legal notice period according to Chapter 12, Section 4 of the Land Code is normally the turn of the month occurring closest after nine months from the termination, unless a longer notice period has been agreed upon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fixed-term commercial agreements, the minimum legal notice period depends on the length of the rental period. Commercial agreements also often contain their own termination and extension clauses, making it particularly important to check the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVacating is not the same as changing terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe form for commercial premises should \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e be used when the tenant wishes to stay in the premises but change the rent or other rental terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor termination regarding the change of terms, Chapter 12, Section 58 a of the Land Code applies. In such cases, the termination must, among other things, specify which change is requested, and if the parties do not reach an agreement, the dispute may need to be referred to the Rent Tribunal within two months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe commercial template contains\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etenant and landlord,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaddress of the premises and object number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate of the tenancy agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindefinite or fixed-term agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreed notice period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextension clause,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edesired and calculated last day of tenancy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, keys, and restoration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignature and acknowledgment of receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate user guide helps the user select the correct form and goes through the following step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between standard residential tenancy, private rental, and commercial premises,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe main rules regarding notice periods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow to verify the last day of tenancy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewritten form and evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the termination can be sent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat happens after residential termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe new Private Rental Act from July 1, 2026,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between vacating commercial premises and changing terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen the templates should not be used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before sending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen the package should not be used\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is deliberately limited to the \u003cstrong\u003etenant's ordinary termination\u003c\/strong\u003e. It should not be used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elandlord's termination of a residence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elandlord's termination of commercial premises,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etermination due to forfeiture or other immediate breach of contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommercial tenant's termination for change of terms according to Section 58 a,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes where the last day of tenancy or applicable regulatory framework is already contested.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important because landlord terminations and commercial tenancy agreements involving changes of terms have their own mandatory formal requirements and procedural rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegally reviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe documents were reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 3–8 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – rental period, notice period, and the manner of termination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 58 a of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – commercial tenant's termination for change of terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e, especially Chapter 1 and Chapter 6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe transitional provisions to the Private Rental Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and digital delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP download. The older product list specifies 8 internal format files (not independently inventoried).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable forms and guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – print-ready A4 versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 documents \/ 8 files \/ 5 A4 pages.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical goods are sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuides and further reading\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/uppsagning-hyresavtal-2026-uppsagningstid-formkrav\"\u003eguide on notice periods and formal requirements\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/privatuthyrningslagen-2026-772-nya-regler\"\u003eguide on the Private Rental Act 2026\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-for-lokal-faq\"\u003eguide on commercial tenancy and termination\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/bostadshyresavtal-faq\"\u003eguide on residential tenancy agreements\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the landlord's termination forms also included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The product list specifies forms for the tenant's termination of a residence, private rental, and commercial premises, as well as a guide. A ZIP file is attached for delivery; internal format files have not been inventoried separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich form should I use for a standard rental apartment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNormally the residential form according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the same form when I rent a privately owned co-op or villa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot without first checking if the agreement is covered by the Private Rental Act (2026:772). The package therefore contains a separate private rental form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is a residential tenant's notice period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to Chapter 12, Section 5 of the Land Code, the tenant may always terminate the residential agreement to the turn of the month occurring earliest three months from the termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the notice period for private rentals after July 1, 2026?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to the new Private Rental Act, the tenant may terminate the agreement to the turn of the month occurring earliest three months from the termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the notice period for commercial premises?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor indefinite agreements, normally nine months to the turn of the month, unless a longer period has been agreed upon. Fixed-term agreements must be checked against both the agreement and Chapter 12, Section 4 of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the commercial template be used to negotiate lower rent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. If the purpose is to stay but change the terms, the rules on the change of terms in Chapter 12, Section 58 a should be followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is professional general documentation material. Always check the current tenancy agreement, applicable law, and exact notice deadline before sending the termination. In the event of a dispute or uncertainty regarding the regulatory framework, individual legal advice should be obtained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55597258539350,"sku":"UPPSAGNING-HYRA-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/uppsagning-hyresavtal-bostad-2026-2027.png?v=1791137808"},{"product_id":"blockhyresavtal-foretagsbostad-2026-2027-svenska-engelska","title":"Master Lease Agreement \/ Corporate Housing 2026\/2027 – Swedish \u0026 English Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eBlock Lease Agreement \/ Corporate Housing – Swedish \u0026amp; English Word\/PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete legal template package for \u003cstrong\u003eblock leases, corporate housing, and staff accommodation\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish tenancy law. The package is designed for property owners, companies, employers, staffing agencies, and other organizations that need to lease a block of residential units and subsequently sublet the units to staff or another clearly defined circle of people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains both \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish and English master agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e, a separate agreement for the person actually residing in the corporate housing, a list of apartments, an agreement for adjusted rent, a specific document for waiving the right to extension in the statutory block lease case, as well as a detailed user guide and Rent Tribunal checklist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed on October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e against the then-applicable wording of Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code and the new block lease regulations that have entered into force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"This is included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eThis is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified download item:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive, \u003cstrong\u003eBlockhyra_Foretagsbostad_2026_2027_Mallpaket.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product's existing table of contents lists 8 document types in Word and PDF (a total of 16 internal format files). The archive's internal document list has not been inventoried separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eSwedish and English. The verified delivery is a ZIP file, not 16 separate download links.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#fff\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlock Lease Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e agreement for the lease of multiple residential units for business use as well as an English version. \u003cstrong\u003eStaff Housing Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English version for the actual resident. \u003cstrong\u003eOther documents:\u003c\/strong\u003e list of apartments, financial terms, special documents regarding rent and security of tenure, and a user guide. The content must be adapted to the block lease arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eA block lease requires that the statutory conditions be met. Specific deviations from residential tenancy rules may require the approval of the Rent Tribunal, and a waiver of security of tenure is not generally valid without further consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocuments according to the table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlock Lease Agreement \/ Corporate Housing – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlock Lease \/ Corporate Housing – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate Housing \/ Staff Housing – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate Housing Occupancy Agreement – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 1 – List of apartments and financial terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAgreement on adjusted rent according to Chapter 12, Section 55 b of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaiver of right to extension in specific block lease cases according to Chapter 12, Section 45 a\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide + Rent Tribunal checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product's previous list indicates Word and PDF versions of all eight document types, totaling sixteen internal format files. \u003cstrong\u003eVerified digital delivery is a ZIP file.\u003c\/strong\u003e The archive's internal files have not been separately inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a block lease?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA block lease is a specific form of tenancy for situations where a lease agreement covers \u003cstrong\u003eat least three residential apartments\u003c\/strong\u003e that the tenant is to sublet or provide via cooperative rental rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that a standard agreement where a company rents only one dwelling is not automatically a block lease agreement. The template therefore includes a clear check on the first page so that the wrong form of agreement is not used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich arrangements can be covered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe block lease agreement is designed for the key categories specified in Chapter 12, Section 1 e of the Swedish Land Code, including when the apartments are to be sublet:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eto the block tenant's own employees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eto another clearly defined circle of people,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eto a legal entity that in turn is to offer housing to people who work for that legal entity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eor according to another specifically permitted block lease arrangement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent Tribunal permission\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn order for a block lease agreement to contain terms that deviate from residential tenancy rules, \u003cstrong\u003eRent Tribunal (Hyresnämnden) permission\u003c\/strong\u003e is normally required. The template therefore includes specific fields for decisions, case numbers, and the status of the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rent Tribunal shall grant permission when the intended subletting falls within the statutory categories and there are no specific reasons against such permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePermission is not required when the landlord is the state, a municipality, a region, or a municipal association.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDeviations from standard residential tenancy rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA valid block lease arrangement may contain terms that deviate from what otherwise applies to residential apartments. However, the contractual terms may not exceed what the law and the permission allow, and must not conflict with the rules applicable to commercial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the template does not contain aggressive standard clauses that automatically attempt to waive the tenant's rights. Instead, the deviations are clearly linked to the Rent Tribunal's decision and the relevant legal basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwedish and English block lease version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor international companies, a separate \u003cstrong\u003eBlock Lease \/ Corporate Housing Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e in English is included. The English version is explicitly designed for Swedish tenancy conditions and specifies that Swedish law applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the package useful for, for example, international employers, group companies, project organizations, and companies with foreign HR or legal functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorporate housing \/ staff housing for the actual resident\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe block lease agreement is only the master agreement between the property owner and the block tenant. The person who is actually going to live in the apartment needs a separate agreement in the subsequent stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, both are included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate Housing \/ Staff Housing\u003c\/strong\u003e in Swedish, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate Housing Occupancy Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e in English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreements contain, among other things, details about the housing, the connection between work and housing, the lease term, rent and surcharges, inventory, care, keys, subletting, move-out, and special conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEmployment does not automatically end the housing agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn important legal detail is that the link between work and housing does not in itself mean that the housing agreement automatically terminates on the same day as the employment or assignment ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates are therefore written so that the lease term, notice period, and any right to extension are treated separately and in accordance with the rules of the Tenancy Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial document for adjusted rent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a separate \u003cstrong\u003eAgreement on adjusted rent\u003c\/strong\u003e according to Chapter 12, Section 55 b of the Swedish Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is to be used as a specially prepared document. Adjusted rent \u003cstrong\u003edoes not mean free rent setting\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the rent is contested, the agreed level shall apply only to the extent that it is reasonable, taking into account, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe terms of the block lease agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe rental activity being conducted,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe content of the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe circumstances when the agreement was entered into,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubsequently occurred circumstances,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe resident's interest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRefund of unreasonable rent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEven an adjusted rent can be contested. If the rent is judged to be higher than what is reasonable, the Rent Tribunal can, under the conditions of the law, decide on a refund and fix the rent for continued leasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide therefore clearly explains why a company should not assume that a block lease automatically implies market rent in the subsequent stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial waiver of security of tenure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also contains a separate document for the specific case where Chapter 12, Section 45 a, first paragraph, point 3 can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document's warning box makes it clear that it is only intended for when the housing has previously been leased via a block lease according to Chapter 12, Section 1 e, second paragraph, point 1 b, i.e., when the housing was leased to a legal entity so that it could offer housing to people who work for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this specific situation, a separate waiver of the right to extension can be valid under the law's conditions without the Rent Tribunal's approval if it concerns \u003cstrong\u003eat most one year from the start of the tenancy\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template does not attempt to use this exception for other block lease cases where Rent Tribunal approval may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpouse or cohabitant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special waiver document also contains a separate approval section for a spouse or cohabitant who does not hold a share of the tenancy but lives in the apartment, when this is relevant according to the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eList of apartments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate apartment appendix contains structured fields for each dwelling in the block:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaddress,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapartment\/object number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esize,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebase rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efurniture,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt also contains common financial terms for heating, electricity, water, internet, indexation, and other costs, as well as the signature of both principal parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent, indexation, and operating costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe master agreement contains fields for total block rent, indexation model, heating, electricity, water, internet\/TV, and other operating items. This makes it possible to separate the finances of the master agreement from the rent in the individual subsequent housing agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCondition, maintenance, and reporting of defects\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement regulates, among other things, the condition of the apartments, inspection protocols, reporting of defects, and how responsibility for maintenance is to be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMandatory obligations that cannot be contracted away are expressly left outside of standard deviations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKeys, supervision, and fire safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe block lease package contains check points for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekeys and tags per apartment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccess for supervision and work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmoke alarms and fire safety,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation to the residents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtact channels in case of defects and disturbances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisturbances and damages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe block tenant is responsible for their own contractual obligations towards the property owner and must have clear routines ensuring that the actual residents follow house rules and take care of the housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement simultaneously distinguishes between the block tenant's contractual liability and the resident's individual liability according to law and the separate housing agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains specific clauses regarding property insurance, corporate\/liability insurance, and information to residents about the need for home insurance or equivalent protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and resident lists\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorporate housing often involves the processing of personal data about employees or other residents. The package therefore contains a separate clause stating that personal data shall only be shared between the parties when there is a legal basis, documented purpose, and actual necessity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed Rent Tribunal checklist\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide contains a concrete check of, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether at least three housing units are actually included,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich subletting category is being used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether Rent Tribunal permission is required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat documentation should be available before applying,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich deviating conditions should be described,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow master agreements and individual housing agreements should be kept separate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen adjusted rent can be used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen a waiver of security of tenure may be relevant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow rents, fire safety, defect reporting, keys, and personal data should be managed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is built on the basis of, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 1 e–1 f of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – block lease and Rent Tribunal permission.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 45–45 a of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – right to extension and special waivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 55, 55 b and 55 f of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – reasonable rent, adjusted rent, and refunds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Act on Tenancy Tribunals and Rent Tribunals\u003c\/strong\u003e – processing at the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP file. The product list indicates 8 document types in a total of 16 internal Word\/PDF files (not separately inventoried).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 separate documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuides and related documents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRead the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/blockhyra-2026-regler-tillstand-foretagsbostad\"\u003eguide on block leases and corporate housing\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/coliving-delningsbostad-2026-regler-avtal-hyra\"\u003eguide on shared housing (coliving)\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/privatuthyrningslagen-2026-772-nya-regler\"\u003eguide on private rentals and separate regulatory frameworks\u003c\/a\u003e. Also, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/delningsbostad-coliving-avtal-2026-2027-svenska-engelska\"\u003eColiving Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e if the setup fits better with a different rental model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre all sixteen internal files included as separate downloads?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA ZIP file is linked in Digital Products. The older table of contents lists eight document types in Word and PDF, but the ZIP archive's internal file structure has not been separately verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a block lease if my company rents a single apartment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, not according to the block lease rule in Chapter 12, Section 1 e. It requires at least three residential apartments that are to be sublet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMust the Rent Tribunal approve the block lease agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNormally, permission is required if the agreement is to contain terms that deviate from residential tenancy rules. An explicit exception applies when the state, a municipality, a region, or a municipal association is the landlord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the company charge any rent it wants from the employee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. A block lease does not mean free rent setting. The package therefore contains a separate document for adjusted rent according to Section 55 b and information about reasonableness assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a staff housing agreement automatically terminate when the employment ends?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot necessarily. The tenancy must be handled in accordance with the agreement and applicable tenancy law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan security of tenure be waived without the Rent Tribunal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly in certain legally regulated situations. The package contains a separate document for the specific block lease case where the law permits a waiver of at most one year without approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre English agreements included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both the master agreement for block leases and the individual corporate housing agreement are included in English for use in Swedish legal contexts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA block lease can involve significant economic values and several simultaneous tenancy relationships. The template package is a comprehensive general document base, but for large blocks, unusual third-party arrangements, shared housing, disputes regarding rent\/security of tenure, or deviations from arrangements approved by the Rent Tribunal, individual legal advice should be sought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55597494894934,"sku":"BLOCKHYRA-FORETAGSBOSTAD-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/blockhyresavtal-foretagsbostad-svenska-word-pdf.png?v=1791141999"},{"product_id":"delningsbostad-coliving-avtal-2026-2027-svenska-engelska","title":"Shared Housing \/ Coliving Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish \u0026 English Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eShared Housing \/ Coliving Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish \u0026amp; English Word\/PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete legal template package for \u003cstrong\u003eorganized shared housing \/ coliving\u003c\/strong\u003e in accordance with Swedish tenancy law. The package is specifically designed for arrangements where each resident has their own \u003cstrong\u003eprivate part of the dwelling\u003c\/strong\u003e while sharing a kitchen, living room, bathroom, laundry room, workspace, or other common areas with other residents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed on October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and adapted to the new block lease regulations in Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code that entered into force in 2026. It is expressly designed for the new shared housing case in \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 1 e, second paragraph, 1 c of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive. The previous product list specifies seven document types in Word\/PDF (fourteen internal format files, a total of 20 pages per format series), but the internal files have not been separately inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection aria-label=\"What is included in the package\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified download item:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP archive, \u003cstrong\u003eDelningsbostad_Coliving_2026_2027_Mallpaket.zip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product's existing table of contents lists 7 document types in Word and PDF (a total of 14 internal format files). The archive's internal document list has not been separately inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eSwedish and English. The verified delivery is a ZIP file, not 14 separate download links.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection aria-label=\"What the files contain\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe3ed;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:24px 0;background:#fff\"\u003e\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25rem;margin:0 0 10px\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish and English housing agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e private room, common areas, living conditions, rent, and responsibilities. \u003cstrong\u003eHouse rules:\u003c\/strong\u003e common areas, routines, and order in Swedish and English. \u003cstrong\u003eOther documents:\u003c\/strong\u003e move-in\/move-out report, agreement on adjusted rent, and user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003eOrganized coliving is not automatically the same as a lodger arrangement (inneboende). Block lease regulations and residential tenancy legislation become relevant depending on who is subletting what, and the conditions must be adapted accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocuments according to the table of contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eShared Housing Agreement \/ Coliving – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e, 5 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eColiving Residential Lease Agreement – English\u003c\/strong\u003e, 5 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHouse Rules \u0026amp; Shared Areas – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e, 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHouse Rules \u0026amp; Shared Areas – English\u003c\/strong\u003e, 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMove-in \u0026amp; move-out report\u003c\/strong\u003e, 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAgreement on adjusted rent according to Chapter 12, Section 55 b of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, 1 page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot the same as a lodger agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Template Store already has separate templates for \u003cstrong\u003elodgers\u003c\/strong\u003e and standard \u003cstrong\u003eroom rentals\u003c\/strong\u003e. This product is therefore deliberately limited to organized coliving\/shared housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should not normally be used when the landlord lives in the home themselves and rents out a room to a lodger. In such cases, the Template Store's Lodger Agreement is usually more relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe new shared housing rule in Chapter 12, Section 1 e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the new rules, block leases can be expressly used when dwellings are to be let to persons who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse \u003cstrong\u003ea part of the apartment alone\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse other parts \u003cstrong\u003ejointly with other tenants\u003c\/strong\u003e, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe apartment has been \u003cstrong\u003eadapted for such use\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary agreement in the preceding link must simultaneously meet the block lease regulations, including that the agreement covers at least three residential apartments to be sublet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate room + common areas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary agreement documents exactly which part the resident has exclusive use of and which areas are shared with others. There are fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprivate room or other exclusive area,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekitchen,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliving room,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebathroom and WC,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elaundry facilities,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecoworking\/workspace,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estorage and other common areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon areas are part of the tenancy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tenancy includes the right to use common areas, that right cannot simply be removed or changed arbitrarily. Therefore, the common areas are explicitly documented in the agreement and house rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwedish and English version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains both:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eShared Housing Agreement \/ Coliving\u003c\/strong\u003e in Swedish, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eColiving Residential Lease Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e in English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is designed for Swedish legal conditions and specifies that Swedish law governs the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeparate house rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColiving often requires clearer practical rules than traditional renting. The package therefore contains separate house rules in both Swedish and English that can regulate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equiet hours and consideration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekitchen and food storage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecleaning,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebathrooms, laundry, and booking,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eguests and overnight stays,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity and fire exits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estorage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epets, smoking, and other order-related issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshared workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the house rules must not be used to circumvent mandatory tenancy law or unilaterally reduce the resident's contractual rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjusted rent according to Chapter 12, Section 55 b\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the dwelling has actually been let via a block lease in the preceding link, the parties may, under the conditions of the law, enter into a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate agreement on adjusted rent\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis agreement must be a \u003cstrong\u003especially drawn-up document\u003c\/strong\u003e. Therefore, it is not hidden as an ordinary clause in the main agreement but is included as its own document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjusted rent does not mean free rent setting. Upon review, the agreed rent shall only apply to the extent that it is reasonable, taking into account, among other things, the block lease arrangement, the activity, the content of the agreement, subsequent circumstances, and the resident's interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRefund of excessive rent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRent in coliving can also be reviewed. If the rent is higher than what is reasonable, refunds and the determination of future rent may be relevant according to Chapter 12, Section 55 f of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSecurity of tenure – an important coliving issue\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common misunderstanding is that a subtenant always lacks security of tenure for the first two years. When the dwelling has been let via a block lease in the preceding link, the standard two-year rule in Chapter 12, Section 45, first paragraph, 1 does not apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that a coliving operator should not use a standard agreement that automatically claims the resident lacks security of tenure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe special one-year exception does not apply to the coliving case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince 2026, the Land Code has contained a special exception where the waiver of the right to extension in certain corporate housing cases can apply without the Rent Tribunal's approval for a maximum of one year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exception applies to block leases according to \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 1 e, second paragraph, 1 b\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e apply to the shared housing case in point 1 c. The package therefore does not contain any incorrect general one-year clause regarding the waiver of security of tenure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLease term and termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement can be used for open-ended and fixed-term agreements. The lease term and termination must simultaneously comply with the mandatory rules that actually apply according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains clear fields for the move-in date, lease term, agreed notice period, and the last day for written notice without attempting to contract out of the tenant's statutory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent, deposit, and costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emonthly rent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeposit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectricity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eheating and water,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einternet,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecleaning of common areas,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother supplements and services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deposit is handled together with the move-in\/move-out report so that normal wear and tear can be distinguished from documented damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMove-in and move-out report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate report helps the parties to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe condition of the private room,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewalls, floors, windows, and doors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efurniture and storage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmoke detectors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evisible deviations in common areas,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekeys and access tags,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephoto documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal financial settlement and deposit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuests and additional residents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template distinguishes between temporary guests and permanent move-ins or independent subletting. The house rules can set practical limits for overnight guests, but such rules must always be applied within the framework of the lease agreement and the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety, disturbances, and equal treatment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains provisions on disturbances, threats, harassment, vandalism, and safety in common areas. Rules and selection must be applied in accordance with anti-discrimination legislation and other mandatory law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAccess to the private room\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator or other residents do not have a free right to enter the private part. The landlord's access must take place in accordance with Chapter 12, Section 26 of the Land Code and other applicable law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital locks, apps, and privacy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern coliving setups often use digital keys, resident apps, and access logs. The template therefore contains a separate privacy clause, and the user guide reminds that personal data must be handled with a legal basis and proportionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCamera surveillance or other systems may not be used for unauthorized monitoring of private living areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFire safety and physical adaptation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special block lease rule for shared housing requires that the apartment is adapted for the arrangement. The guide therefore reminds of checking, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efloor plan,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efire and emergency exits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elocking and private privacy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eactual function of common areas,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow many people the dwelling is suited for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should you choose another Template Store product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLodger in the landlord's own home:\u003c\/strong\u003e use Lodger Agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard rental of a room:\u003c\/strong\u003e use Rental Agreement for Room Rental.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate rental of a villa\/condominium according to the Private Rental Act:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the relevant private rental agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe property owner's primary agreement for at least three homes:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the Template Store's separate Block Lease Agreement \/ Corporate Housing package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide goes through:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the arrangement is classified legally,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between coliving, rooms, lodging, and private rental,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eblock lease according to 1 e § 1 c,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRent Tribunal permission,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon areas,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadjusted rent according to 55 b §,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity of tenure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elease term and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehouse rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeposit and damages,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprivacy and digital access,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efire safety and physical adaptation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n--\u0026gt;\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegally reviewed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 1–2 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 1 e–1 f of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – block lease and shared housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 45–45 a of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – security of tenure and waiver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 55, 55 b, and 55 f of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e – reasonable rent, adjusted rent, and refunds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e – for delimitation against private rental.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and digital delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVerified delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a ZIP file. The product list specifies 7 document types in a total of 14 internal Word\/PDF files (not separately inventoried).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 separate documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGuides and related documents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/coliving-delningsbostad-2026-regler-avtal-hyra\"\u003eguide on coliving and shared housing\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/blockhyra-2026-regler-tillstand-foretagsbostad\"\u003eguide on block lease regulations\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inneboendeavtal-hyra-deposition-besittningsskydd\"\u003eguide on lodger agreements\u003c\/a\u003e. Also see \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/blockhyresavtal-foretagsbostad-2026-2027-svenska-engelska\"\u003eBlock Lease Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e if the arrangement fits better with a different rental model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the buyer get fourteen separate Word and PDF files?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA ZIP file is linked as a digital download. The previous product list specifies seven document types in Word\/PDF, but the content inside the ZIP archive has not been separately inventoried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs coliving the same thing as a lodger?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This product is intended for organized shared housing. If the landlord lives in the home themselves, a lodger agreement is normally more relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMust each resident have their own agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is strongly recommended that each resident's private part, rent, common areas, and individual rights are documented separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan one agree on market rent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot freely. A separate agreement on adjusted rent can be used when Section 55 b is applicable, but the rent can still be reviewed for reasonableness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tenant automatically lack security of tenure for two years?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The standard two-year rule for subletting does not apply when the dwelling has been let via a block lease in the preceding link.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a one-year waiver of security of tenure be used without the Rent Tribunal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe special one-year exception from 2026 applies to the corporate housing case in 1 e § 1 b, not shared housing according to 1 c.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both the coliving agreement and the house rules are included in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColiving is still residential tenancy when the legal requirements for tenancy are met. The name “coliving,” membership, community fee, or digital platform does not automatically change the legal classification. In complex operator setups, larger properties, or disputes over rent and security of tenure, individual legal advice should be sought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55597643661654,"sku":"COLIVING-DELNINGSBOSTAD-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/delningsbostadsavtal-coliving-svenska-word-pdf.png?v=1791143226"},{"product_id":"felanmalan-arendehantering-fastighet-brf-excel-2026-2027","title":"Fault Reporting \u0026 Case Management Property 2026\/2027 – Housing Association, Landlord \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"mb-product-description\" lang=\"en\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Request \u0026amp; Case Management Property 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fully editable package for landlords, housing cooperatives (BRF), property owners, and smaller managers. Get a professional maintenance request form, action and feedback protocols, a detailed user guide, English working documents, and an Excel tool for registration, responsibilities, dates, contacts, and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEK 79 – one-time purchase.\u003c\/strong\u003e No ongoing system fees. Use Word for requests and protocols, PDF for printing, and Excel for the shared overview. This is an offline-based work tool, not a resident portal or an automatic alarm system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"#fa-inne\"\u003eThe Package\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#fa-excel\"\u003eExcel\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#fa-steps\"\u003eHow to use\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#fa-law\"\u003eRegulations\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#fa-faq\"\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#fa-format\"\u003eDelivery\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#E7F5EE;border-left:4px solid #2B8B5D;padding:15px;margin:16px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSourced and professionally reviewed: October 9, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersion 1.0, relevant for 2026\/2027. Editorially reviewed against Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code and the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY) guidelines on data protection. The documents have not been individually legally reviewed, government-approved, or security-certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-inne\"\u003eWhat is included – five document types and nine files\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eContent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance Request – form\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eCase ID, property, room, contact channel, defect type, description, time, risk assessment, and attachment reference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eAction Protocol \u0026amp; feedback\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eCase officer, actual risk assessment, order, completed actions, inspection results, and feedback.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eUser Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate Swedish step-by-step guide with work methodology, Excel instructions, common errors, and legal sources.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eProperty Maintenance Request – English\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplementary English working documents adapted for Swedish conditions; not a full translation of the main documents.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eCase Register for properties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eExcel with overview, cases, actions, properties, contacts, and instructions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eExcel XLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal: 4 DOCX, 4 searchable A4-PDFs, and 1 XLSX\u003c\/strong\u003e collected in a ZIP file. Swedish is the primary language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is this template package for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eHousing Cooperative (BRF) boards\u003c\/strong\u003e needing to distribute maintenance requests between residents, the board, and managers; \u003cstrong\u003elandlords\u003c\/strong\u003e wishing to document defects in apartments or premises; \u003cstrong\u003eproperty managers\u003c\/strong\u003e requiring traceable service history; and \u003cstrong\u003ecompanies with their own premises\u003c\/strong\u003e that want to consolidate simple service requests. Permissions, emergency routines, and division of responsibilities must always be adapted to your own agreements, statutes, and actual operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-excel\"\u003eSix interconnected Excel sheets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eTab\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDashboard with counts of registered, open, overdue, manually marked as urgent, verified closed, closed without inspection, and registered actions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e150 prepared rows: registration date, property ID, priority, responsibility, target date, status, and separate verification date. Calendar status is calculated.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eActions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e150 rows for action, performer, completion date, cost, target date, and result inspection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProperties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e100 prepared property IDs with object, address, responsible party, and internal emergency reference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContacts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e150 rows for communication channel, case reference, date, notes, and feedback.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eInstructions regarding functions, status, data protection, and official sources.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExcel includes validation lists, formula-based calendar status, and automatic compilation. A case manually marked as \u003cem\u003eClosed\u003c\/em\u003e without both a verification date and a completion date is flagged \u003cstrong\u003eINSPECTION MISSING\u003c\/strong\u003e. The formulas provide administrative decision support – they do not assess technical safety or legal requirements. No automatic e-mail or emergency link is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#FFF3D5;border-left:4px solid #D3A13A;padding:15px;margin:16px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency defects require separate handling.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the event of an ongoing fire, serious water leak, personal danger, or other immediate risk, real emergency response channels must be used. Call 112 when the situation requires it. A maintenance request form or Excel marker is not an emergency alert channel. The templates do not contain hypothetical generic statutory deadlines.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-steps\"\u003eHow to use the package – step by step\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstablish routines.\u003c\/strong\u003e Specify who receives requests and provide separate instructions for emergency incidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegister a unique case ID.\u003c\/strong\u003e For example, FA-0001; enter property ID, defect type, and where the defect is located.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssess actual responsibility and priority.\u003c\/strong\u003e Consider risk, rental agreements, BRF statutes, authority requirements, and the need for emergency services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan an action.\u003c\/strong\u003e Save the order, performer, internal target date, and relevant documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegister actual work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Document when actions have been completed; distinguish between order and execution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check results and remaining defects before closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvide feedback and archive.\u003c\/strong\u003e Register contact and decisions, limit access, and delete personal data according to appropriate routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-law\"\u003eWhat applies to defects and deficiencies in rental properties?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRules regarding the condition of an apartment and the landlord's maintenance liability can be found in, among other places, \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 9, 11, 15, and 16 of the Swedish Land Code (1970:994)\u003c\/strong\u003e. For residential rentals, there is a fundamental obligation for the landlord to keep the apartment in the prescribed condition. Liability and possible legal consequences depend on the defect, circumstances, and agreements. Filling out a form does not automatically create a right to rent reduction or compensation. For housing cooperatives, the distribution of responsibility may instead depend on the Tenant-Ownership Act and the association's statutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintenance requests may contain personal data. Establish the purpose and legal basis, inform the data subjects, limit access, do not save more than necessary, and have a deletion routine. Avoid social security numbers, health information, and privacy-sensitive photos in openly shared Excel registers. A separate technical or legal assessment may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon mistakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eUsing a standard web or Word form as the sole channel for emergency defects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConfusing internal calendar deadlines with general statutory remediation times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eClosing a case just because a work order has been placed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eNot documenting inspection results and feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMixing cases from different properties when unique IDs are missing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSharing personal data without appropriate access rights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the template work for a housing cooperative (BRF)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be used by a BRF board and adapted for property caretakers, members, and managers. The division of responsibility must align with current statutes and rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan maintenance requests be sent to tenants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Word template can be edited and PDF can be used for printing and distribution. Supplement with real contact channels for emergency damage and information about personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel a complete case management system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an offline-based register with formulas and follow-up, not a logged-in portal with automatic notifications or access control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Excel calculate delayed cases?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, based on registered internal target dates, not based on an assumed generic statutory deadline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a closed case lack verification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but in that case, Excel provides a specific warning. The actual decision to close the case must be made by the responsible person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there English documents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a supplementary English working document adapted for Swedish conditions is included. The main documents and the detailed user guide are in Swedish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"fa-format\"\u003eFormat and download\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEK 79.\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital ZIP package with 4 Word files, 4 PDF files, and 1 Excel workbook. No physical shipping. Automatic file transfer after purchase assumes that the ZIP file has been linked to Shopify Digital Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Parliament: Land Code (1970:994), Chapter 12\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.imy.se\/privatperson\/dataskydd\/dina-rattigheter\/ratt-till-information\/\"\u003eIMY: Right to information about personal data processing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts: Rent and Tenancy Tribunals\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor assignments involving an external caretaker, you can use \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/serviceavtal-underhallsavtal-2026-2027-sla-underhallsplan-prisbilaga-guide-word-pdf\"\u003eService Agreement \u0026amp; Maintenance Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e and for documenting an individual service intervention \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/arbetsorder-serviceprotokoll-mall-excel-2026-2027\"\u003eWork Order \u0026amp; Service Protocol\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eDisclaimer: This is a general document product, not legal advice, emergency property service, technical safety inspection, or an approved government system.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55655091175766,"sku":"FELANMALAN-FASTIGHET-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/01_Felanmalan_arendehantering_hero_2027_802fd809-6c11-4dcb-83bd-5db9e66fd8fb.png?v=1791500547"},{"product_id":"felanmalan-hyresnedsattning-hyresratt-2027","title":"Fault Report \u0026 Rent Reduction Rental Property 2026\/2027 – Defects, Claims \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection class=\"mb-document-info\" lang=\"en\" style=\"line-height:1.73;color:#143547\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReporting defects and rent reduction for rental properties – templates for apartment deficiencies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDo you need to \u003cstrong\u003ereport a defect in your rental apartment\u003c\/strong\u003e, demand a remedy, or request a \u003cstrong\u003ereasonable rent reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e due to deficiencies? This package helps you document the fault objectively and in writing. You receive ready-to-use but editable Word templates for defect reports, demand letters, evidentiary attachments, follow-ups, and documentation for the Rent Tribunal, plus searchable PDF versions and an Excel log.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe material is primarily aimed at \u003cstrong\u003etenants in residential rental properties\u003c\/strong\u003e and can also provide structure for certain other residential leaseholds. It is important to first establish which law actually applies. A standard rental property is often regulated by \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, whereas the \u003cstrong\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/strong\u003e may apply to certain rentals of private residences as of July 1, 2026. Older private rental agreements may be subject to transitional provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 files in a ZIP download: 7 Word (DOCX), 7 searchable A4-PDFs, and 1 Excel (XLSX). Five main Swedish templates, one Swedish user guide, and a separate English User Guide. No physical shipping and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff7e7;border:1px solid #ead4a9;border-left:5px solid #b98435;border-radius:11px;padding:17px 19px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant information before deducting from your rent:\u003c\/strong\u003e A demand letter is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e the same as an approved rent deduction. Do not make a unilateral deduction or stop paying rent without first testing the legal situation. Under conditions specified in Chapter 12, Section 21 of the Land Code, a disputed amount can instead be deposited with the County Administrative Board. Depositing has its own application process, timing, security requirements, and risks – depositing an excessive amount may carry the risk of eviction. This document package does not replace the County Administrative Board's process or professional legal advice.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cnav style=\"background:#edf5f6;border-radius:9px;padding:13px;margin:15px 0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-paket\"\u003eThe Package\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-filer\"\u003eFile by file\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-excel\"\u003eExcel\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-guide\"\u003eHow to do it\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-lag\"\u003eThe Laws\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-hyra-faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-hyra-paket\" style=\"padding:21px;background:#e7f3f5;border:2px solid #bcdce0;border-radius:13px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA total of 15 files:\u003c\/strong\u003e seven editable DOCX, seven corresponding searchable PDF documents, and one XLSX with nine tabs and sixteen control key figures. The files are delivered together as a ZIP archive for digital download.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five main Swedish documents (01–05), Swedish user guide (06), and English user guide (07). \u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main letters and regulatory documents are in Swedish; the guide in English is not an English version of the agreements. \u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 (2026\/2027). \u003cstrong\u003eEditorial source review:\u003c\/strong\u003e October 15, 2026. The year 2027 is a version designation, not a promise of review regarding future legislative changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-hyra-filer\" style=\"padding:21px;background:#ffffff;border:2px solid #d3e3e6;border-radius:13px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e02. What the files contain – document by document\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:.93em\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#143547;color:#ffffff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFunction and use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e01. Defect report \u0026amp; request for action\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eWritten defect report to the landlord with apartment details, deficiency, timeline, and request for inspection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e02. Request for reasonable rent reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eSeparate demand letter for the assessment of rent reduction with concrete impact on use and justified period.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e03. Deficiency and evidence attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003ePhoto documentation, observations, measurements, contact receipts, and relevant attachments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e04. Follow-up letter to the landlord\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eReminder regarding outstanding defects with previous case history and request for an action plan.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e05. Documentation for injunction to act\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003ePreparatory documentation for a potential application to the Rent Tribunal; not the official form HN1b.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e06. Swedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eTen work steps, choice of law, regulatory paths, safety advice, and legal limitations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e07. English User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eEnglish instructions about the Swedish principal templates and differences between the applicable rental laws.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e08. Excel – case and evidence register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8\"\u003eNine tabs with 16 key figures: residences, defects, defect reports, claims, contacts, evidence, actions, rent, and deposits.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d6e4e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach Word and PDF document contains two clearly framed information boxes with the headings \u003cstrong\u003e\"01. Package contents\"\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\"02. What the files contain\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, plus a separate legal disclaimer section. The documents contain no fictitious tenants, authority cases, measurements, or decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-hyra-excel\" style=\"padding:21px;background:#f0f7f8;border:1px solid #d1e3e6;border-radius:13px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e03. Excel register for tenants and defect reports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNine tabs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overview · Residences · Defects · Defect Reports · Claims · Evidence · Actions · Rent \u0026amp; Deposit · Read Me. \u003cem\u003e(Overview and Read Me are support pages; the seven others are used for registration.)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel overview displays \u003cstrong\u003e16 control key figures\u003c\/strong\u003e for housing cases, defects, sent defect reports, claims, evidence, actions, and registered amounts. The claim sheet calculates \u003cstrong\u003emonthly rent × optional scenario percentage \/ 100\u003c\/strong\u003e. The amount is only a hypothetical \u003cem\u003emonthly scenario\u003c\/em\u003e; it is not a calculation of reasonable reduction for a specific period or a legally approved deduction. The payment sheet only shows the administrative difference between the agreed rent and the actual rent paid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel does not decide:\u003c\/strong\u003e choice of law, right to rent deduction, correct amount for deposit, regulatory authority, cause of moisture damage, or the landlord's responsibility. The workbook is delivered without registered users, fictitious cases, or test amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-hyra-guide\"\u003eHow to report a defect and request a rent reduction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the lease agreement and choice of law.\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinguish between an ordinary rental property and a tenancy that may be covered by the Private Rental Act and any transitional provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument the defect.\u003c\/strong\u003e Write down when it was discovered, where the deficiency is, how it affects the use of the residence, and if there is an acute risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContact the landlord.\u003c\/strong\u003e Send file 01 via a traceable channel and save the original message, any case number, and response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGather relevant evidence.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use file 03 for the timeline, photos, objective measurements, inspection reports, and contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescribe the actual impact on use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note, for example, which rooms or functions have been unusable and on which days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequest written feedback.\u003c\/strong\u003e If action is delayed, use file 04 and request a concrete plan for inspection or repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest a separate claim for rent reduction.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use file 02 if the actual circumstances and legal requirements support a claim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePay the rent correctly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not make an uncertain deduction on your own. The County Administrative Board's deposit procedure may be relevant in some cases but requires your own legal check.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn case of persistent deficiency: evaluate the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Rent Tribunal can consider an injunction to act in cases of certain deficiencies; use file 05 as support and follow the Swedish Courts' official instructions and form HN1b.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow up and archive.\u003c\/strong\u003e Register actual status, action, payments, and authority contacts in Excel. Preserve original material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-hyra-lag\"\u003eWhat rules apply to defects or deficiencies in the rental apartment?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"mb-contextual-link\" \u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck which rental rules apply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/hyresavtal-och-hyreskontrakt-en-utforlig-guide\"\u003eguide to tenancy agreements and the condition of the home\u003c\/a\u003e explains why the Swedish Land Code and private rental legislation must be distinguished. A defect may justify repair or a reasonable rent reduction, depending on the facts. Report the defect and retain evidence; do not unilaterally withhold rent without considering the relevant rules and the separate deposit procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Swedish Land Code – Chapter 12\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA residential tenant's rights regarding defects and obstacles to the right of use are regulated in relevant parts of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code (1970:994)\u003c\/a\u003e, particularly sections 11 and 16. Under conditions specified in the law, a reasonable rent reduction may be relevant for the time the apartment is in a deficient condition. The circumstances, the parties' responsibilities, and the actual impact must be assessed on a case-by-case basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate Rental – important new regulations 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e entered into force on \u003cstrong\u003eJuly 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and may cover certain tenancies of privately owned residences. The law replaced the 2012 Act on the Rental of Private Residences, but transitional provisions mean that the older law may still apply to agreements entered into under it. The new law has specific rules regarding actions, rent deductions, and when compensation may pertain to the time before the defect was reported. Always identify your actual agreement and choice of law before using the standard claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInjunction to act at the Rent Tribunal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/bostadens-skick\/om-brister-i-bostaden-behover-atgardas\/\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts describe\u003c\/a\u003e when a tenant can apply for the Rent Tribunal to order the landlord to remedy a deficiency. This normally requires a deficiency that actually results in hindrance or inconvenience and that the landlord can remedy; trivial defects are not sufficient. The tenant should first contact the landlord and document previous contacts. The courts provide form HN1b. Our document 05 is a separate preparatory template and \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e an official application form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDeposit with the County Administrative Board is a separate process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 12, Section 21 of the Land Code, tenants can, under certain claims, deposit a disputed rent amount with the County Administrative Board. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lansstyrelsen.se\/stockholm\/samhalle\/betalning-ekonomi-och-pengar\/deponera-pengar\/deponera-hyra.html\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eThe County Administrative Board warns\u003c\/a\u003e against depositing an excessive amount and specifies particular rules regarding applications, due dates, and security. The County Administrative Board does not determine, through the deposit procedure, what rent reduction is reasonable. This package therefore contains \u003cstrong\u003eno\u003c\/strong\u003e automatically filled-out deposit application and no advice on which amount should be deposited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated templates and further reading at Mallbutiken\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProperty owners and managers can use another basis for the systematic handling of incoming cases: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/felanmalan-arendehantering-fastighet-brf-excel-2026-2027\"\u003eDefect Reporting \u0026amp; Case Management Property\u003c\/a\u003e. For the tenancy itself, there is \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eResidential Lease Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/hyresavtal-privatuthyrning-2026-2027-word-pdf\"\u003ePrivate Rental Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e, respectively. See also \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003eTemplates for Lease Agreements\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/collections\/privatuthyrning-andrahand-mallar\"\u003ePrivate Rental \u0026amp; Subletting – Templates\u003c\/a\u003e. All linked products are separate and not included in this ZIP package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-hyra-faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about rent reduction and defect reporting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get a rent reduction for defects in the apartment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder conditions in the relevant law, a reasonable rent reduction may be possible when a defect has caused hindrance or inconvenience in the right of use. Which law applies, the period, and how much the rent should be reduced must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I write a defect report to the landlord?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDescribe the defect, the address, when it was discovered, how the use is affected, and what action you want the landlord to take. Save proof of when the report was sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAm I allowed to deduct 20 percent from the rent on my own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA specific percentage is not automatically reasonable. Excel can show a hypothetical scenario but does not decide a legal amount. Do not make a unilateral deduction without assessing the law, circumstances, and payment risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it mean to deposit the rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDepositing means that a disputed amount is paid to the County Administrative Board instead of the landlord under specific conditions. It requires a special procedure, security, and that the correct amount reaches the authority at the right time. An excessive deposit can lead to the loss of a lease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I apply to the Rent Tribunal for the landlord to fix the defect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, under certain conditions, the Rent Tribunal can decide on an injunction to act. Use the Swedish Courts' official instructions and check if their form HN1b should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the same rules apply to a privately owned condo (bostadsrätt) that is rented out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. The Private Rental Act (2026:772), which entered into force on July 1, 2026, may apply. For older agreements, there are transitional provisions. The choice of law must be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an English demand letter included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Five main documents are in Swedish and an English User Guide explains them. The documents are not fully translated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the documents issued by the Rent Tribunal or the County Administrative Board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are editable work documents created by Mallbutiken, not official forms or legally binding authority decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSources, legal review, and version information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEditorial review:\u003c\/strong\u003e October 15, 2026. \u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 \/ 2026–2027. Legal sources: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eLand Code Chapter 12\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/bostadens-skick\/om-brister-i-bostaden-behover-atgardas\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lansstyrelsen.se\/stockholm\/samhalle\/betalning-ekonomi-och-pengar\/deponera-pengar\/deponera-hyra.html\"\u003eCounty Administrative Board's guidance\u003c\/a\u003e. The template does not imply external legal review, authority certification, or guarantee of a specific outcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55781634507094,"sku":"FELANMALAN-HYRESNEDS-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/felanmalan-hyresnedsattning-huvudbild-2027_e15573c6-e66e-46ef-84d4-52b979a5b818.png?v=1792101042"},{"product_id":"rattelseanmaning-stornande-hyresgast-socialnamnd-2027","title":"Notice of Correction Disturbing Tenant 2026\/2027 – Warning, Social Services \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection class=\"mb-document-product\" lang=\"en\" style=\"color:#173949;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNotice to rectify and warning to a disruptive tenant – Word, PDF, and Excel 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a \u003cstrong\u003elandlord\u003c\/strong\u003e, do you need to document complaints about disturbances in a rental property or send a \u003cstrong\u003enotice to rectify to a disruptive tenant\u003c\/strong\u003e? This document package includes an objective letter requesting immediate rectification, a separate \u003cstrong\u003enotification to the social services board\u003c\/strong\u003e, a disturbance log, a list of evidence, a contact letter, user guides, and an Excel register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is intended as a working template for \u003cstrong\u003eresidential leases\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is based on the current regulations in \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Sections 25–25 b and 42–43 of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, taking into account the stricter rules on lack of proper care and disturbances introduced in 2024. The different steps are kept separate: documenting a disturbance, requesting rectification, informing the social services board, and examining a possible subsequent termination are \u003cstrong\u003enot one and the same measure\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e a digital ZIP file containing 15 files: seven editable Word (DOCX) files, seven corresponding searchable PDF (A4) files, and one Excel workbook (XLSX) with nine tabs and 16 administrative key metrics. Five main Swedish templates, one Swedish and one English user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff5e4;border:1px solid #e9d1a4;border-left:5px solid #b98632;border-radius:12px;padding:19px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant regarding disruptive tenants:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the event of ordinary disturbances or lack of proper care, the landlord should, as a general rule, urge the tenant to immediately cease the behavior and notify the municipality's social services board in cases involving residential leases. Particularly serious situations may be subject to exceptions and specific supplementary requirements. If a duly authorized subtenant is responsible for the disturbances, special protection rules apply. \u003cstrong\u003eThe warning is not a termination of the lease and does not automatically mean that the tenant loses their home.\u003c\/strong\u003e Any potential termination or forfeiture claim must be handled and legally examined separately.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cnav style=\"background:#edf5f6;padding:13px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-paket\"\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-filer\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-excel\"\u003eExcel register\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-steg\"\u003eWork process\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-regler\"\u003eLegal aspects\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-stor-faq\"\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-stor-paket\" style=\"background:#e8f4f6;border:2px solid #bbdce1;border-radius:13px;padding:22px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA total of 15 downloadable files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 DOCX + 7 searchable PDF + 1 XLSX. Five main Swedish documents, a Swedish step-by-step guide, and a separate English User Guide. Word is editable, PDF is suitable for reading and printing, and Excel provides administrative follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 \/ 2026–2027. \u003cstrong\u003eEditorial legal review:\u003c\/strong\u003e October 16, 2026. The documents are not official government forms and do not have external legal or government approval. The version year 2027 is not a guarantee of future legislative changes. No physical delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-stor-filer\" style=\"background:#fff;border:2px solid #d1e2e6;border-radius:13px;padding:22px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e02. What the files contain – complete file list\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:.93em\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#173949;color:#fff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:11px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:11px;text-align:left\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:11px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e01. Notice to rectify to a disruptive tenant\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eFormal, editable request for immediate rectification with space for actual events, parties, dates, and proof of service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e02. Notification to the social services board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eSeparate notice when the residential landlord, pursuant to Chapter 12, Section 25 a of the Land Code, needs to notify the relevant social services board.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e03. Disturbance log with evidence\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eFact-based incident log for time, place, observation, source, measure, and document reference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e04. Follow-up and list of evidence\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eCollected history for formal steps, mailings, subsequent observations, and archived documents.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e05. Factual contact letter and action plan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eNeutral follow-up letter for fact-checking, dialogue, and practical corrective measures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e06. Swedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eTen steps from legal assessment to rectification, social services board, follow-up, and potential separate legal examination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e07. English User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eEnglish guide explaining Swedish notices and safeguards; the five main forms are in Swedish.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e08. Excel – Disturbance management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;vertical-align:top\"\u003eNine tabs, sixteen administrative key metrics, case status, and registry of objects, disturbances, mailings, and notifications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #d8e6e9;padding:11px;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll seven Word documents have a corresponding text-searchable PDF. Both Word and PDF versions contain the two clearly framed information boxes \u003cstrong\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each main template has fill-in fields for actual details and specific caution instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-stor-excel\" style=\"background:#f0f8f9;border:1px solid #cce0e4;border-radius:13px;padding:22px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e03. Excel register for disturbance management – nine tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverview · Properties · Cases · Disturbances · Actions · Mailings · Social Services Board · Follow-up · Read me.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExcel displays \u003cstrong\u003e16 administrative key metrics\u003c\/strong\u003e for registered residential lease cases, disturbance incidents, sent notices to rectify, notifications to the social services board, actions, and follow-ups. Status in the case registry switches between \u003cem\u003eOpen\u003c\/em\u003e, \u003cem\u003eFollow-up\u003c\/em\u003e, and \u003cem\u003eClosed\u003c\/em\u003e based on actual registered dates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel is not an automated decision system.\u003c\/strong\u003e It does not verify the legal disturbance threshold, the authority of the social services board, whether a termination is legal, protection rules for subtenants, or whether forfeiture may occur. Use internal case IDs and secure storage. The workbook contains no fictitious personal information or test data upon delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-stor-steg\"\u003eHow to handle complaints about a disruptive tenant – ten steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the form of tenancy.\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinguish residential leases from cooperative housing (bostadsrätt), commercial leases, and other forms of tenure where different regulations may apply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument what actually happened.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note the date, place, time, type of event, source, and relevant supporting material in the disturbance log.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssess if the behavior is a disturbance in the legal sense.\u003c\/strong\u003e Normal everyday noise is not automatically a legally relevant disturbance; an overall assessment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine whether there are particularly serious circumstances.\u003c\/strong\u003e Investigate separately if exceptions to standard rectification requirements and social services board notifications are applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for any subtenant.\u003c\/strong\u003e Special rules apply if the apartment has been sublet with permission or consent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSend a formal notice to rectify.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the event of ordinary disturbance\/lack of care: use document 01, specify exactly what must cease immediately, and save mailing records.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotify the relevant social services board.\u003c\/strong\u003e When the law requires it, the municipality must be notified separately according to Chapter 12, Section 25 a of the Land Code. Use document 02.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument subsequent events.\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinguish factual observations from hearsay and give the tenant an opportunity to respond to the information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck personal data and security.\u003c\/strong\u003e Save only relevant information; avoid unsubstantiated or discriminatory claims. In case of acute danger, contact the appropriate authority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTry a separate legal procedure if rectification is not achieved.\u003c\/strong\u003e A termination, forfeiture proceeding, or eviction requires a special assessment and can be examined by a court or other authorized body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-stor-regler\"\u003eRules regarding notice to rectify, disturbances, and the social services board\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 12, Section 25 of the Land Code – lack of care and disturbances\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA residential tenant must ensure that the requirements for security, health, order, and good condition are not disregarded and that people in the surroundings are not subjected to disturbances that they should not reasonably have to tolerate. The assessment is made based on factual circumstances. See \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code at the Swedish Parliament\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 12, Section 25 a of the Land Code – request and social services board\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf there are disturbances or a lack of care, the landlord should, as a general rule, urge the tenant to ensure that the behavior ceases immediately and, for residential tenants, notify the social services board in the municipality where the apartment is located. If the landlord terminates the agreement due to \u003cstrong\u003eparticularly serious\u003c\/strong\u003e disturbances or lack of care, a different procedure may apply. Therefore, do not use a standard form without an individual assessment in such cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 12, Section 25 b – liability for persons for whom the tenant is responsible\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe tenant's obligations include, under certain conditions, supervision of persons for whom the tenant is responsible according to Chapter 12, Section 24. The documentation must concretely describe what the tenant themselves or others have done and what the liability conditions look like. No automatic guilt for every event should be assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 12, Sections 42–43 – formal requirements for termination and exceptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/avtal-hyrestid-och-uppsagning\/hyra-av-bostad\/besittningsbrytande-grunder\/\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSwedish Courts' guidance\u003c\/a\u003e, a forfeiture assessment requires correct legal grounds, fulfilled procedural requirements, and sufficient investigation. In the event of a particularly serious disturbance, a prior request and notification may be waived, but a copy of the notice of termination may need to be sent to the social services board. For a subtenant with consent or permission, special requirements apply even in such situations. The right of tenancy is not forfeited if the tenant's conduct is of minor importance or if a statutory protective exception is applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a warning mean – and when is it not enough?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ewarning letter or notice to rectify\u003c\/strong\u003e should objectively describe the factual events that must cease. It is not a court judgment and does not in itself give the right to lock out a tenant, impose unauthorized fees, or take over the apartment. The property owner needs to preserve evidence and let an authorized expert evaluate any further measures. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bostadsratterna.se\/kunskapsbanken\/s\/storningshantering-och-uppsagning-hyresratt\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eBostadsrätterna's overview of disturbance management\u003c\/a\u003e describes practical procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated agreements and property templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor documentation of residential leases, there is \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eResidential Lease Agreement – Word\/PDF\u003c\/a\u003e. For internal management of common maintenance requests without disturbance accusations, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/felanmalan-arendehantering-fastighet-brf-excel-2026-2027\"\u003eMaintenance Requests \u0026amp; Case Management Property\u003c\/a\u003e. For the tenant's own claims regarding defects, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/products\/felanmalan-hyresnedsattning-hyresratt-2027\"\u003eDefect Report \u0026amp; Rent Reduction Residential Lease\u003c\/a\u003e. Also, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003eTemplates for Lease Agreements\u003c\/a\u003e. These are separate products and are not included in the ZIP package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-stor-faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about disruptive tenants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you write a warning to a disruptive tenant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpecify the landlord, tenant, property, factual events with time and place, and a clear request to immediately cease the disturbance relevant according to the law. Save the original document and proof of service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the landlord always send a notice to rectify?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor ordinary disturbances or lack of care, the general rule is a requirement to request immediate rectification. Particularly serious cases may be covered by the law's exceptions and must be assessed individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the social services board be notified?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, yes, for relevant disturbances and lack of care by a residential tenant according to Chapter 12, Section 25 a. Exceptions exist, and special rules may apply to subtenants and in cases of termination due to particularly serious disturbance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat counts as a disturbance in housing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt requires circumstances that objectively reach the threshold according to Chapter 12, Section 25 of the Land Code. Not all noise, complaints, and disagreements count automatically. Evidence and the overall picture are decisive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the tenant be evicted immediately after a warning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. The right to terminate or forfeit depends on legal grounds and formal requirements, whether rectification has occurred, the degree of severity, and special exceptions. A separate procedure and potential examination may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the documents suitable for disturbances in a cooperative apartment (bostadsrätt)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for residential leases according to Chapter 12 of the Land Code. Forfeiture for cooperative owners is regulated by other provisions and must not be handled automatically using this package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel automatically determine if a disturbance is particularly serious?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel registers administrative facts and status. It does not make legal decisions, calculate legal deadlines, or determine if termination is permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should reports and personal data be handled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRegister only necessary, factual, and traceable information. Limit access, store documents securely, and test legal storage periods. Do not document speculation about private or sensitive conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an English notice to rectify included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The five main documents are in Swedish, and a separate English User Guide explains their use. No English main document or official government form is promised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the product approved by the rent tribunal or social services board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are editorially prepared templates for the customer's work. They are not government forms, legal certifications, or pre-approved termination documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSources and document version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition 1.0 – 2026\/2027.\u003c\/strong\u003e Editorial review: October 16, 2026. Sources: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Land Code (1970:994)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/avtal-hyrestid-och-uppsagning\/hyra-av-bostad\/besittningsbrytande-grunder\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bostadsratterna.se\/kunskapsbanken\/s\/storningshantering-och-uppsagning-hyresratt\"\u003eBostadsrätterna\u003c\/a\u003e. Always update and check the current legal source and concrete circumstances before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55781775769942,"sku":"RATTELSE-STORNING-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/rattelseanmaning-stornande-hyresgast-huvudbild-2027_ab0aaec1-2833-4a25-a158-f0703b209c73.png?v=1792104650"},{"product_id":"ansokan-andrahandsuthyrning-hyresratt-2027","title":"Application for Subletting Rental Property 2026\/2027 – Consent, Rent Tribunal \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection lang=\"en\" style=\"color:#17374c;line-height:1.68;max-width:980px\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication for subletting of a rental apartment 2026\/2027 – Word, PDF and Excel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAre you planning to sublet an apartment that you yourself rent as a \u003cstrong\u003erental apartment (hyresrätt)\u003c\/strong\u003e? First, you normally need the landlord's written consent or, if this is not provided, permission from the Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal (Hyresnämnden). This editable package helps you document the reasons, the period, the subtenant, the rent calculation, and the decision process. The templates do not replace a separate subletting agreement or an authority's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #80b1b8;background:#eaf4f5;padding:21px;border-radius:12px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Word files (.docx) + 7 corresponding searchable PDF files (.pdf) + 1 Excel workbook (.xlsx) = 15 files in a ZIP.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFive main Swedish templates, a Swedish user guide, an English User Guide, and a Swedish Excel tool with nine tabs. Digital download, version 2027. Only the guides are bilingual; the main templates are in Swedish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #afbbc9;background:#f5f7fa;padding:21px;border-radius:12px;margin:20px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#173f55;color:white\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eNo.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFunction and content\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication to landlord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eRequest for consent, reasons, period, tenant, and attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication to the Regional Rent Tribunal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eClaim, grounds, counterparty, and list of attachments after denied consent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eLandlord's consent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDocumentation of actual decision, person, period, and conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication for extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eNew application in case of extension or change of subtenant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSupporting documentation and rent check\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eChecklist, rent verification, and decision documentation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eRules, practical steps, legal limitations, and Excel instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #cad5df\"\u003e07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eInstructions for the Swedish templates governed by Swedish law\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px\"\u003e08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication register\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eNine tabs with status, attachments, rent calculation, periods, decisions, and overview\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eExcel (.xlsx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcel tool – nine practical tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOverview, Applications, Periods, Resident, Attachments, Rent Calculation, Events, Decisions, and Read Me. Contains tracking fields, data validation, table filters, and formulas for, among other things, period length, summation, and comparison between proposed rent and entered supporting data. \u003cstrong\u003eA registered application or decision does not automatically mean an approved subletting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the package – step by step\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that it concerns a \u003cstrong\u003erental apartment (hyresrätt)\u003c\/strong\u003e and an independent subletting arrangement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCollect the primary lease, current rent details, justifiable reasons, and intended time period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in document 01 and request the landlord's written consent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument an actual response in document 03 and the Excel register.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIf consent is denied, document 02 can be used as a writing aid for the application to the Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal. Check the court's official form HN1c.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck reasonable rent, certificates, subletting duration, and the conditions of the permit before the subtenancy begins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFor extensions: fill in document 04 and apply for a new permit in good time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal conditions and limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rules are primarily found in Chapter 12, Sections 39–40 of the Swedish Land Code (Jordabalken). The Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal's assessment covers, among other things, justifiable reasons, the landlord's justified objections, and reasonable sublet rent. Anyone subletting their rental apartment remains responsible toward the landlord. Subletting without required permission can have serious consequences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This package is not intended for applications from a cooperative apartment owner (bostadsrättshavare). The Private Rental Act (2026:772) is not the applicable regulatory framework when the lessor themselves holds the home as a rental apartment. The year 2027 indicates the product version, not established future legislation. The documents are not official government forms, and no decision on permission is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated documents and guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce consent or permission has been obtained, a separate \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-word-pdf\"\u003esubletting agreement\u003c\/a\u003e is often needed. Those who instead own a cooperative apartment should see the specific \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/ansokan-om-andrahandsuthyrning-bostadsratt-2026-2027-styrelsemedgivande-avslag-guide-word-pdf\"\u003eapplication package for cooperative apartments\u003c\/a\u003e (check the product type when selecting). Also, read the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/privatuthyrningslagen-2026-772-nya-regler\"\u003eguide on the Private Rental Act and the difference between housing types\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need permission to sublet a rental apartment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, yes, if another person is to use the apartment independently. Consent is given by the landlord or, under special circumstances, by permission from the Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the landlord says no?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can apply to the Regional Rent and Tenancies Tribunal. The tribunal performs an individual assessment, and it is not certain that the application will be granted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Word template an official form from the Rent and Tenancies Tribunal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Swedish courts offer, among other things, form HN1c. This package is an editable work aid with documents for both steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the whole package available in English?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the five main templates are in Swedish. There is a separate English user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and version information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSources: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Land Code at the Swedish Parliament\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/hyra-i-andra-hand\/ansok-om-godkannande-av-andrahandsuthyrning\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts – application for permission\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/domstolsverket\/tjanster-och-blanketter\/hyra-och-arrende\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts – form HN1c\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eVersion: 2027. Source review conducted on October 16, 2026. Legal work aid, not external legal review.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55783184466262,"sku":"ANDRAHAND-HR-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/andrahandsuthyrning-hyresratt-2027-bild-1_d9361f62-c44e-4ce6-875e-7d4ccb7a80da.png?v=1792116924"},{"product_id":"hyrespaminnelse-obetald-hyra-betalningsplan-excel-2027","title":"Rent Reminder \u0026 Unpaid Rent 2026\/2027 – Payment Demand, Installment Plan \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection class=\"mb-product-copy\" lang=\"en\" style=\"max-width:960px;color:#163b50;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRent reminder and unpaid rent – payment reminder, installment plan, and rent ledger 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHas a tenant missed a rent payment? With this \u003cstrong\u003eeditable rent reminder template package\u003c\/strong\u003e, landlords and property managers can document overdue rents, reconciled payments, communications, and any objections. The package includes five separate Swedish working documents, two user guides, and an \u003cstrong\u003eExcel ledger with nine tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e. Every claim must be based on verified information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #257080;background:#eaf4f5;padding:22px;margin:24px 0;border-radius:12px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#143c50\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 digital files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 Word files (DOCX), 7 corresponding searchable A4-PDFs, and 1 Excel workbook (XLSX).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFive Swedish main templates, a Swedish user guide, and an English User Guide. The main templates are in Swedish only. Format: Word, PDF, and Excel. Version: 2027. Delivered as a ZIP file after purchase – no physical shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #94a7b7;background:#f4f7fa;padding:20px;margin:24px 0;border-radius:12px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#143c50\"\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#163f56;color:#fff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:9px;text-align:left\"\u003eNo.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:9px;text-align:left\"\u003eFile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:9px;text-align:left\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:9px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRent payment reminder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eFactual first payment reminder with rent period, actual reconciliation, amount, and payment reference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePayment request and statement of claim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eSeparate document specifying the principal claim, agreed fees, manually assessed interest, and any objections.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallment payment agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eVoluntary plan actually negotiated by the parties; installments, due dates, and signatures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eObjection and reconciliation log\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eDocument disputed items, account statements, potential offsets\/deposits, case examination, and those responsible.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAction plan and case handover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eDecision basis, sequence of events, and control points for a potential separate specialist process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eInstructions on legislation, fees, interest, follow-up, and legal boundaries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eEnglish instructions for using the five Swedish documents under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRent ledger and claim follow-up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0\"\u003eNine Excel tabs including overview, ledger, payments, reminders, plans, objections, and documentation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #ced8e0;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcel – rent ledger with nine tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbook contains \u003cstrong\u003eOverview, Claims, Payments, Reminders, Installments, Objections, Actions, Documentation, and Read me\u003c\/strong\u003e. Registered claims can be linked to actually received payments using unique claim IDs. Excel shows balances, totals, and follow-up status. Payment entries and fees must always be reconciled manually; the program does not create debt collection claims and does not make legal decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eReconcile lease agreements, rent periods, due dates, invoices, and account statements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegister actual claims and payments in Excel, using separate references.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIf necessary, send document 01 as a friendly reminder with the specified principal amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIf the situation persists, use document 02 for a factual statement of claim, without confusing it with a formal debt collection claim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIf the parties actually agree on installment payments, document it with document 03.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument objections, credits, and reconciliations in document 04.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompile documentation and have an authorized person evaluate potential next steps with document 05.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant legal information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA reminder is not a notice of termination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Forfeiture of tenancy, termination, notifications, service of process, the role of social services, and the possibility to restore the tenancy are regulated separately in Chapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code. There are specific conditions and exceptions, including rules that changed during 2026. The package's five main documents are not completed formal debt collection claims, notice of termination documents, or eviction applications. Seek legal support for such procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReminder fee:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to law (1981:739), a maximum of 60 SEK may be charged for a written reminder, provided that the fee was agreed upon no later than when the debt arose. No fee is added automatically. Any late interest requires a separate assessment according to the agreement and the Interest Act (1975:635). A registered claim, an objection, or an installment plan is not, in itself, proof of legal validity or fulfilled payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated templates and guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need to document a new tenancy, you can supplement with a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eresidential lease agreement in Word and PDF\u003c\/a\u003e. If the rent is disputed due to defects in the apartment, see \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/felanmalan-hyresnedsattning-hyresratt-2027\"\u003efault report and rent reduction for tenancies\u003c\/a\u003e. Also read the Mallbutiken \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/bostadshyresavtal-faq\"\u003eguide and FAQs on residential lease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e or explore \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal\"\u003etemplates for lease agreements\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge 60 SEK for a rent reminder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the requirements in law and the applicable agreement are met. 60 SEK is a maximum amount according to the rules, not a fee that arises automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a payment request a debt collection claim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Document 02 is a factual payment request with a specification. A formal debt collection claim must follow specific rules under the Debt Collection Act and should not be confused with this template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel determine if the tenant should be evicted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel only calculates amounts based on the user's registrations and displays manual work statuses. The legal consequences of the Rent Act require a separate assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the tenant object to the debt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Document 04 provides space to note objections, evidence, payment, and individual review without assuming that any claim is correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the package in English?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe five main documents are in Swedish. The English User Guide explains how the Swedish templates are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVerified sources: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Swedish Land Code (Riksdagen)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-1981739-om-ersattning-for-inkassokostnader_sfs-1981-739\/\"\u003eAct (1981:739) on Compensation for Debt Collection Costs, etc.\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/rantelag-1975635_sfs-1975-635\/\"\u003ethe Interest Act (1975:635)\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.kronofogden.se\/nagon-har-krav-mot-dig\/du-har-fatt-ett-krav-forelaggande\/hyresvarden-vill-vraka-dig\"\u003ethe Swedish Enforcement Authority's information on rent-related eviction\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eSource review conducted on October 16, 2026. Version 2027 indicates the document release, not established future law. No external legal review is claimed. The templates are working materials and must be adapted to each individual case.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55783502545238,"sku":"HYRESPAMINNELSE-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyrespaminnelse-2027-huvudbild_446f99c5-926f-4519-a810-1860bd93f57f.png?v=1792118178"},{"product_id":"hyreshojning-villkorsandring-bostad-2027","title":"Rent Increase \u0026 Change of Terms 2026\/2027 – Notice, Tenant Response \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection lang=\"en\" class=\"mb-product-copy\" style=\"max-width:980px;color:#163a4b;line-height:1.76\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRent increases and changes to terms – templates for residential leases 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDo you need a \u003cstrong\u003enotice of rent increase\u003c\/strong\u003e, a response to a requested rent change, or documentation for \u003cstrong\u003erent negotiations\u003c\/strong\u003e? This template package contains five main Swedish documents, a Swedish and an English user guide, and an Excel register with nine tabs. The templates help you distinguish \u003cstrong\u003ea proposal for a new rent\u003c\/strong\u003e from an actual, legally binding change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is intended as a working tool for standard residential tenancy conditions, not as a general opportunity to raise rent unilaterally. Read the included process checklist before sending a letter or changing a rent invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #247B86;background:#E8F4F5;padding:22px;border-radius:12px;margin:23px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#143b50\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 downloadable files in a ZIP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 editable Word files (DOCX), 7 searchable A4 PDFs, and an Excel workbook (XLSX) with nine tabs. The package includes five main Swedish templates, a Swedish user guide, and an English User Guide. The main templates are only available in Swedish. 2027 edition, version 1.0. Digital delivery without physical shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #91A9B8;background:#F3F7FA;padding:21px;border-radius:12px;margin:23px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#143b50\"\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#173D50;color:#fff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eNo.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProcess checklist and decision pathway\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eVerify agreement type, negotiation order, applicable law, and which process is correct.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotice of desired rent increase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eWritten individual request according to Chapter 12, Section 54 of the Swedish Land Code where that provision is applicable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTenant's response and objection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDocumentation of response, request for supporting documents, and factual objections.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAgreement on new rent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eWritten two-party agreement when it is permissible to agree individually following the correct process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNegotiation request\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eBasis for contact with the authorized tenants' organization when a negotiation order applies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eLegislation, specific section 54 a rules, workflow, and requirements for legal control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eEnglish instructions for the Swedish documents – no translated main templates.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel register for rent changes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eNine tabs: overview, dwellings, proposals, responses, negotiations, agreements, decisions, control, and read me.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d1dee4\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does a rent increase work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndividual request for changes to terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 54 of the Swedish Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e, anyone wishing to change lease terms must notify their counterparty in writing. If no agreement can be reached, the Rent Tribunal can, under the conditions of the law, review the matter. An application can normally be filed no earlier than one month after the notice was provided. This procedure cannot be used without further consideration when a \u003cstrong\u003enegotiation order\u003c\/strong\u003e governs how the rent is to be changed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRent increase when a negotiation order applies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA negotiation order according to the \u003cstrong\u003eRent Negotiation Act (1978:304)\u003c\/strong\u003e may require collective negotiation with a tenants' organization. The negotiation order may cover multiple apartments and follow the property. In such cases, the landlord cannot normally circumvent the system by sending a standard individual letter and starting to charge the proposed amount. Document 05 is a negotiation request, not a finalized negotiation agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifically regarding Chapter 12, Section 54 a of the Land Code\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a \u003cstrong\u003enarrow special procedure\u003c\/strong\u003e for certain open-ended agreements in buildings with a negotiation order when the apartment is not covered by the order. In that case, a special notice under the law's stated conditions may have certain contractual effects if the tenant does not object. This places detailed requirements on, among other things, amounts, addresses, information content, and deadlines. \u003cstrong\u003eThis package does not contain such a 54 a § notice\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the standard notice template does not create automatic acceptance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReasonable rent and utility value\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen reviewing the rent level, the rules in Chapter 12, Section 55 can be triggered, including utility value assessment and comparison with negotiated rents. Certain tenancies have special rules, such as private rentals, presumption rent, or adjusted rent. The correct system must be chosen for the residence. The package does not establish a legal percentage or guarantee that a certain requested increase is reasonable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcel register with nine tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverview · Dwellings · Proposals · Responses · Negotiations · Agreements · Decisions · Control · Read me.\u003c\/strong\u003e Excel can compile registered cases and calculate the difference between current and proposed rent amounts, expressed in SEK and percentage. Proposed amounts are registered separately from \u003cstrong\u003eagreed and verified rents\u003c\/strong\u003e. No calculation field changes the agreement, makes a legal reasonableness assessment, calculates specific legal deadlines, or establishes Rent Tribunal decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the documents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify the rental object and check which regulatory framework applies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck if the property is subject to a negotiation order and which tenants' organization is a party.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the process checklist and then choose the correct form for individual or collective handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegister current and proposed rent in Excel without booking the proposal as current rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSend the relevant document to the correct recipient and retain proof of actual receipt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument responses, negotiation meetings, and any objections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce a new rent amount only when the agreement, decision, and applicable date are legally verified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated document templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rental itself, see \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bostadshyresavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eResidential Lease Agreement in Word and PDF\u003c\/a\u003e. For overdue rent, see \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyrespaminnelse-obetald-hyra-betalningsplan-excel-2027\"\u003eRent Reminder and Unpaid Rent\u003c\/a\u003e. If the tenancy is instead to be terminated, there is also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/uppsagning-hyresavtal-bostad-privatuthyrning-lokal-2026-2027\"\u003eTermination of Lease Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e. The products have different legal purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the landlord raise the rent just by sending a letter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not as a general rule. It depends on the agreement, applicable law, negotiation order, and whether a valid agreement or decision exists. The included Section 54 template is a request for a change in terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust rent increases always be negotiated with the Swedish Union of Tenants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If a negotiation order applies to the apartments in question, negotiation with the relevant tenants' organization may be required. Without such an order, individual change according to the law's conditions may be possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the tenant does not respond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFailure to respond to a standard Section 54 notice is not automatic consent. Special rules exist in Section 54 a for a limited situation; that process requires special advice and is not included as a completed form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel calculate the maximum permitted rent increase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel only calculates the difference between the user's amounts. Reasonableness and the applicable rent-setting model must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a template for termination of a lease agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the package concerns a desired change in lease terms. Termination, forfeiture, and moving out have special rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the main documents translated into English?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The main forms are in Swedish. The English User Guide explains the content and the Swedish process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and edition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSource review October 16, 2026: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Land Code (1970:994)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/hyresforhandlingslag-1978304_sfs-1978-304\/\"\u003eThe Rent Negotiation Act (1978:304)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/domstolsverket\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/avtal-hyrestid-och-uppsagning\/hyra-av-bostad\/avtal-och-uppsagningstid\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts – Lease terms\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/skalig-hyra\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts – Reasonable rent\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eVersion 1.0. The edition year 2027 is no guarantee of future legislation. The template is a working tool and has not been externally attorney-certified. Users must verify relevant 2026 legislative changes, specific procedures, negotiation orders, and the actual conditions of the tenancy.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55795605176662,"sku":"HYRESHOJNING-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyreshojning-2027-huvudbild_550b82eb-8ede-4687-9380-a8cee5dc4db9.png?v=1792153673"},{"product_id":"hyresdeposition-depositionsavtal-aterbetalning-2027","title":"Rental Deposit \u0026 Deposit Agreement 2026\/2027 – Receipt, Refund \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection lang=\"en\" style=\"max-width:960px;line-height:1.76;color:#163D51\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRental Security Deposit \u0026amp; Deposit Agreement 2026\/2027 – receipt and refund\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDo you want to draft a \u003cstrong\u003esecurity deposit agreement for a residence\u003c\/strong\u003e while keeping track of payment receipts, move-in inspections, and \u003cstrong\u003esecurity deposit refunds\u003c\/strong\u003e? This document package contains five main Swedish templates in Word and PDF, a Swedish and an English user guide, and an \u003cstrong\u003eExcel register with nine tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides both landlords and tenants with clearer shared documentation from move-in to final settlement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is specifically intended for \u003cstrong\u003eresidential rentals in Sweden\u003c\/strong\u003e, such as renting out a house or condominium, subletting a rental apartment, or renting out a room, following an assessment of the applicable legislation. The documents serve as a supplement to an existing rental agreement, not as a new primary lease contract. They do not provide any automatic right to demand a specific amount or to retain the deposit without grounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #25848C;background:#EAF5F6;border-radius:14px;padding:23px;margin:25px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#163D51\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 files in a downloadable ZIP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 editable \u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e, 7 corresponding searchable \u003cstrong\u003ePDF (A4)\u003c\/strong\u003e, and 1 \u003cstrong\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/strong\u003e with nine tabs. The package contains five main Swedish templates, a Swedish user guide, and an English User Guide. The main templates are in Swedish. Version 1.0, document edition 2027. Delivered digitally; no physical shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #97ACB8;background:#F3F7F9;border-radius:14px;padding:23px;margin:25px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top:0;color:#163D51\"\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#173D50;color:#fff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eNo.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eScope of use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:10px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-check for rental deposit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eClassify rental type, contract date, reasonable amount, payment, legal sources, and liability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity deposit agreement for residence\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eSupplementary agreement with parties, security amount, storage, refund, and rules for substantiated deductions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeposit receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eConfirmation of actual received deposit with amount, date, and payment reference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMove-in and inventory report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eCondition of rooms, installations, and inventory, photographs, keys, and existing damage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinal settlement and refund\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eSeparate statement of proposed deductions, approved\/fixed amounts, and completed refund.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003ePractical review of the documents, new private rental act, older agreements, and common pitfalls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eEnglish guidance for using the main Swedish templates.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX \/ PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel – deposit register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8\"\u003eNine tabs: Overview, Rental Conditions, Deposits, Inventory, Damage Items, Settlement, Refunds, Disputes, and Read Me.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #d7e2e8;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is a rental security deposit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003erental security deposit\u003c\/strong\u003e is an agreed-upon security amount that may be intended to cover certain actual, compensable claims related to the tenancy. It is not the same as prepaid rent. The deposit should be documented separately, with the amount, payment date, purpose, handling, and terms for repayment. It should not be used as a disguised, unauthorized fee for securing a rental property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHow the terms may be formulated depends on the \u003cstrong\u003erental type, applicable legal regulations, the date of the agreement, and the circumstances of the individual case\u003c\/strong\u003e. Therefore, there is no standard amount or general rule of automatic forfeiture built into this template. The deposit should be kept at a reasonable level, and any interest or special storage must be agreed upon after legal verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant 2026\/2027: new Private Rental Act\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Private Rental Act (2026:772) entered into force on July 1, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e It replaced the Act (2012:978) on the rental of private dwellings, but according to the transitional provisions, the older law still applies to agreements concluded under it. The scope and exceptions of the new law must therefore be assessed separately from rentals that may fall under \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code (the Rent Act)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, subletting a rental apartment falls outside the scope of the new Private Rental Act. Renting out \"privately\" does not mean that the same provisions always apply to all types of housing. The package's \u003cstrong\u003epre-check\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the user identify what legal assessment is needed before the deposit agreement is customized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDeposit agreement – clear rules from move-in\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAmount, due date, account, and receipt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTemplate 02 contains separate fields for the security amount, payment date, recipient account, reference, storage agreement, and any agreed interest. The specific \u003cstrong\u003edeposit receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e in template 03 should only be filled out and signed after the money has actually been received. A signed deposit agreement is not automatically a receipt for a completed payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMove-in reports prevent later disagreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA report at move-in makes it easier to distinguish between \u003cstrong\u003eexisting marks or damage\u003c\/strong\u003e and any new damage at move-out. Document 04 has space for the hallway, kitchen, bathroom, rooms, storage, inventory, keys, and references to photographs. Always document actual observations and ensure both parties receive the report.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is normal wear and tear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA tenant may, under applicable conditions, be liable for damage caused by intent or negligence, but \u003cstrong\u003enormal wear and tear is not the same as compensable damage\u003c\/strong\u003e. The assessment depends on factors such as the condition, age, duration of occupancy, and actual use of the residence. The Swedish Consumer Agency emphasizes that a landlord claiming compensation for damage must be able to demonstrate the grounds for the claim. \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12, Section 24 of the Land Code\u003c\/strong\u003e regulates the duty of care and liability in tenancies where that provision is applicable; the new Private Rental Act has its own rules in Chapter 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRefunding the deposit – from proposal to final settlement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe final settlement in document 05 contains fields for \u003cstrong\u003esubstantiated paid deposit\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eproposed deductions\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eapproved or fixed deductions\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003edisputed items\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the actual amount refunded. Damage items should be described, documented, and capable of being tied to a legal or contractual basis. A one-sided note in an Excel cell does not mean the amount can be deducted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties may document a reasonable timeline for repayment but should not assume there is a single universal statutory refund deadline identical across all rental forms and agreements. If only a portion of a claim is contested, list the disputed items separately and assess the handling of the undisputed portion according to current law. This template does not imply an automatic settlement of disputed amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcel register for rental deposit – nine tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverview · Rental Conditions · Deposits · Inventory · Damage Items · Settlement · Refunds · Disputes · Read Me.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the workbook, you can create case IDs, register actual received deposits, inventory, proposed damage, agreed deductions, and completed refunds. The overview summarizes relevant amounts and shows open disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree important distinctions in Excel:\u003c\/strong\u003e a proposal for a deduction is not a fixed deduction; a planned payment is not a completed refund; and a preliminary accounting balance is not a legal decision on which party is entitled to the money. Formula-based fields must not be used as the sole proof that a claim is valid. Avoid unnecessary personal information such as full personal identity numbers and bank account numbers in the register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStep by step – use the deposit agreement correctly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetrieve the rental agreement.\u003c\/strong\u003e Identify the residence, the parties, the contract date, and the rental form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the applicable law.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the pre-check and consider the new Private Rental Act and transitional provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine a reasonable deposit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Specify the purpose, amount, payment method, and terms without using the deposit as an unauthorized access fee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstablish a separate deposit agreement.\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect the document to the primary rental agreement and verify all parties and dates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIssue a receipt only upon actual payment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Document a traceable payment reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect and photograph the residence at move-in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note pre-existing damage and any inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConduct move-out inspection.\u003c\/strong\u003e Document grounds for damage, distinguish normal wear and tear from other conditions, and allow the other party to respond to alleged claims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettle and refund.\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep undisputed, approved, and disputed items clearly separated and save the payment confirmation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is this document package for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrivate individuals renting out a house, condominium, or room; landlords and tenants in subletting arrangements; and smaller rental administrations that need to consolidate deposit documentation for various residential tenancies. The template is not intended for deposits in property purchases, commercial lease agreements, or the rental of movable property without specific customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated templates at Mallbutiken\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor primary rental contracts, there is \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-privatuthyrning-2026-2027-word-pdf\"\u003eRental Agreement for private rental of condominium or house\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-word-pdf\"\u003eRental Agreement for subletting\u003c\/a\u003e. For renting out a room, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/inneboendeavtal-mallpaket-2026\"\u003eLodger Agreement\u003c\/a\u003e may be suitable. If you wish to document a broader inventory and damage inspection, there is also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eInventory List \u0026amp; Inspection Report\u003c\/a\u003e. All four are already existing, separate products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about rental deposits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it mandatory to pay a rental deposit by law?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general requirement that every residential tenant must pay a deposit. The issue depends on the agreement and what is permitted under applicable rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many months' rent can the deposit be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no single general monthly standard in this template that applies to every rental relationship. The amount should be reasonable. The Swedish Tenants' Association (Hyresgästföreningen) suggests as a practical guide that a deposit for certain subletting arrangements should correspond to a maximum of one or a couple of months' rent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a deposit the same as prepaid rent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The deposit is intended as a refundable security. Rent is payment for the use of the residence. A deposit amount should not automatically be used as the last month's rent without specific and valid regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the landlord retain the deposit for normal wear and tear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot solely because of normal wear and tear. Alleged damage and compensation claims must have an actual legal and evidentiary basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the deposit be refunded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAssess based on the valid agreement, current rental form, move-out inspection, and applicable rules. The package provides space for an agreed refund procedure but does not promise a universal statutory deadline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere do you turn if the landlord does not return the deposit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties should first try to reach a settlement. According to the Swedish Courts, the Rent Tribunal (hyresnämnden) generally cannot decide on the refund of a deposit in the cases described; an unresolved dispute may need to be tried in a district court.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the new Private Rental Act apply to all older contracts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Private Rental Act (2026:772) entered into force on July 1, 2026, but the transitional provisions state that the repealed Act (2012:978) continues to apply to agreements concluded under it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English versions of the actual agreements included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The five main Swedish templates are supplemented by a Swedish and an English user guide. The English instructions are not a translation of the main agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources, updates, and legal caution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSource review on October 16, 2026: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/privatuthyrningslag-2026772_sfs-2026-772\/\"\u003ePrivate Rental Act (2026:772)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/lag-2012978-om-uthyrning-av-egen-bostad_sfs-2012-978\/\"\u003eolder act (2012:978)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eChapter 12 of the Land Code\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.konsumentverket.se\/varor-och-tjanster\/hyra-bostad-av-privatperson\/\"\u003eSwedish Consumer Agency on renting from a private individual\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/bostadsratt\/vad-galler-nar-bostadsrattshavaren-har-ett-motkrav-pa-andrahandshyresgasten\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts on deposit disputes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eDocument version 1.0, edition 2027. The edition year is not a guarantee that future legal changes have already been considered. The legal sources have been checked prior to production; no external legal review or certification is attested. This is a generally adaptable working document and does not replace individual legal advice.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"mb-deposit-20261021\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGuides to deposits and condition reports\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRead the guide to lodger agreements, rent, deposits and occupancy rights. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inneboendeavtal-hyra-deposition-besittningsskydd\"\u003eGuide to lodger agreements and deposits\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee how to document property condition, inventory and keys. A template does not automatically establish entitlement to retain a deposit. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-uthyrning\"\u003eInventory and inspection report guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eThese guides are in Swedish.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55809536164182,"sku":"HYRESDEPOSITION-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/hyresdeposition-2027-huvudbild_602c4d7a-338b-4669-a182-f9c58d1690b5.png?v=1792182531"},{"product_id":"avflyttningsbesiktning-utflyttningsprotokoll-hyresratt-2027","title":"Move-out Inspection \u0026 Move-out Report 2026\/2027 – Cleaning, Keys, Security Deposit \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\u003csection class=\"mb-product-copy\" lang=\"en\" style=\"max-width:980px;color:#193748;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMove-out inspection – checkout report, move-out cleaning, keys, and security deposit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDo you need to perform a \u003cstrong\u003emove-out inspection of a rental property\u003c\/strong\u003e or document the condition upon \u003cstrong\u003emoving out of a sublet\u003c\/strong\u003e? With this professional template package, you receive an editable \u003cstrong\u003echeckout report\u003c\/strong\u003e, room-by-room inspection forms, a move-out cleaning checklist, a key receipt, and a separate template for the final settlement of the rental deposit. An Excel register allows you to track returns, objections, alleged damages, and actually refunded amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal of 15 files:\u003c\/strong\u003e seven editable Word (DOCX) files, seven searchable A4 PDFs, and one Excel (XLSX) file with nine tabs. Five working templates in Swedish, a Swedish guide, and a separate English User Guide. The documents serve as a basis for fact-based inspections and communication, not as automatic proof of liability for damages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cnav style=\"padding:13px 16px;background:#edf6f5;border:1px solid #cde2e3;border-radius:12px\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"#mb-paket\"\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-filer\"\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-ratt\"\u003eRental law \u0026amp; wear and tear\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-excel\"\u003eExcel\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-guide\"\u003eWorkflow\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"#mb-faq\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-paket\" style=\"background:#e8f4f3;border:1px solid #c9dfdf;border-left:5px solid #087e80;margin:24px 0;padding:23px;border-radius:13px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 Word (DOCX):\u003c\/strong\u003e move-out inspection, room report, cleaning checklist, key receipt, deposit settlement, Swedish guide, and English User Guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 searchable PDF:\u003c\/strong\u003e corresponding A4 documents, intended for printing and verification of filled-in information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Excel (XLSX):\u003c\/strong\u003e nine tabs, formula-driven dashboard, case register, tracking of returned keys, and documented deposit settlement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument version:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 – 2026\/2027. Source review October 18, 2026. Version 2027 does not guarantee the inclusion of future legislative changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e downloadable ZIP once the file is linked to the product's digital delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll seven DOCX\/PDF pairs contain two framed information boxes titled \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eWhat the files contain\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"mb-filer\" style=\"background:#fff;border:1px solid #d1e0e3;margin:24px 0;padding:23px;border-radius:13px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e02. What the files contain – file by file\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:.92em\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background:#193748;color:#fff\"\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:12px;text-align:left\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:12px;text-align:left\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"padding:12px;text-align:left\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e01. Move-out inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eMain protocol: parties, property, date, move-in condition, documented observations, and reservations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e02. Room-by-room inspection report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eInspection of each room and building component, photo references, description of condition, and parties' views.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e03. Move-out cleaning – checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eKitchen, bathroom, rooms, windows, and other surfaces; remarks and actually verified rectifications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e04. Key receipt \u0026amp; return\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eActual number of keys, tags, and access devices, receipt, and separate deviations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e05. Deposit – final settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003ePaid amount, proposed deductions, admitted\/disputed items, and actual refund.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e06. Swedish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e12 work steps, legal boundaries between wear and tear and damage, and source references.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e07. English User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eUser guidance in English for the Swedish main templates and the Excel register.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e08. Excel register with nine tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top\"\u003eOverview, Inspections, Rooms \u0026amp; condition, Cleaning, Keys, Evidence, Deductions, Deposits, and Read me.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:11px;border-bottom:1px solid #d9e4e6;vertical-align:top;white-space:nowrap\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates have space for the property, date, parties, photos, contract references, deviations, objections, actually returned keys, and documentation of measures taken. No real personal data, allegedly valid signatures, or pre-assessed damage claims are pre-filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-ratt\"\u003eWhat applies to move-out inspections and normal wear and tear in a rental property?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"mb-contextual-link\" \u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare check-in and check-out:\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/hyreskontrakt-juridisk-information\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-uthyrning\"\u003eguide to inventory lists and inspection records for rented homes\u003c\/a\u003e for advice on recording the condition of the property, contents and photographs. A check-out report alone does not establish who caused damage. Normal wear and tear does not automatically justify compensation or a deduction from the deposit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eChapter 12, Section 24 of the Swedish Land Code (the Rental Act)\u003c\/a\u003e, the tenant must carefully maintain the apartment during the rental period. The tenant may be obliged to compensate for damage caused by their own negligence or by the negligence or omission of persons specified by law. \u003cstrong\u003eHowever, normal wear and tear following standard use of the home does not automatically imply an obligation to pay compensation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general legal requirement that a standard residential rental must always have a specific formalized move-out report. Nevertheless, a thorough and impartial inspection is valuable for comparing the move-in condition with the condition upon departure. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hyresgastforeningen.se\/stod-och-rad\/avtal-och-juridik\/skada-i-lagenheten-vem-betalar\/\"\u003eSwedish Union of Tenants' guidance on damages and normal wear and tear\u003c\/a\u003e explains where the line is drawn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e A signed inspection report is not automatically an admission of the landlord's assessment, a confession of debt, or an approved deposit settlement. Expressly note if a party reserves their rights or disputes an item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMove-out cleaning – checklist without automatic cleaning fees\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cleaning inspection covers the kitchen, oven, fridge\/freezer, bathroom, floor drains, windows, wardrobes, baseboards, and agreed-upon auxiliary spaces. Specify only what has actually been inspected and what deficiency has been observed. If action is needed, the parties' agreement and subsequent verified control should be distinguished from a unilateral claim of costs. This product does not contain a standard fee that is automatically triggered by every cleaning remark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey receipt – return upon moving out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDocument \u003cstrong\u003ehow many apartment keys, entrance keys, storage keys, access tags, and remote controls\u003c\/strong\u003e were originally handed out and what is actually returned. The template also has space for deviating information and any safety measures taken. A discrepancy in the number does not automatically imply the right to demand a specific compensation amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDeposit and final settlement – what can be deducted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA deposit is not a pre-determined penalty fee. It is important to distinguish between \u003cstrong\u003everified payment, proposed claims, actual costs, admitted amounts, disputed items, and actual refund\u003c\/strong\u003e. The right to deduction or set-off may depend on the contract, applicable legal rules, liability for the specific damage, and available evidence. This package does not automatically make such a final legal assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of a dispute regarding the refund of a deposit in a subletting arrangement, the matter may need to be decided by a district court. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/bostadsratt\/vad-galler-nar-bostadsrattshavaren-har-ett-motkrav-pa-andrahandshyresgasten\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Courts\u003c\/a\u003e clarify that in the described tenant-owner case, the Rent Tribunal can mediate but cannot decide the dispute regarding the refund of a deposit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-excel\"\u003eExcel register – nine tabs with traceable settlement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverview, Inspections, Rooms \u0026amp; condition, Cleaning, Keys, Evidence, Deductions, Deposits, and Read me.\u003c\/strong\u003e The overview tracks, among other things, registered inspections, expressly verified completed cases, cleaning remarks, administrative key discrepancies, paid deposits, agreed deductions, and actually refunded amounts. The formulas have been tested with hypothetical data that has been deleted from the final version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbook contains status lists and separate fields for admitted and disputed items. The formula for the remaining registered deposit is a \u003cstrong\u003emathematical reconciliation of manually entered amounts\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a decision on who has the legal right to the amount. Information about persons, contracts, and photos should be stored with appropriate data protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-guide\"\u003eUse the document package step by step\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the home address, rental agreement, parties, and end date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRetrieve move-in reports, previous error reports, and dated photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eInvite the parties to the inspection; note who is actually present.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument condition room by room without attributing liability without basis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistinguish normal wear and tear from possible damages and note the need for further investigation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExamine move-out cleaning point by point and note actual checks and actions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign for keys and access devices based on actual return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLet both parties review the report and provide written objections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompile any cost claims with invoices, photos, and an individual assessment of reasonableness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform a separate settlement of the deposit and note the actual payout or remaining dispute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated products at Mallbutiken\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/inventarielista-besiktningsprotokoll-mall-word-pdf\"\u003eInventory list \u0026amp; inspection report\u003c\/a\u003e – general move-in and inventory documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresdeposition-depositionsavtal-aterbetalning-2027\"\u003eRental deposit \u0026amp; deposit agreement\u003c\/a\u003e – for agreements on deposits and receipts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-word-pdf\"\u003eRental agreement for subletting\u003c\/a\u003e – the rental agreement itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hyresavtal-privatuthyrning-2026-2027-word-pdf\"\u003eRental agreement private rental\u003c\/a\u003e – for certain leases of tenant-owned apartments or houses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/felanmalan-hyresnedsattning-hyresratt-2027\"\u003eError report and rent reduction\u003c\/a\u003e – for deficiencies during an ongoing rental period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/dokumentmallar-for-privatpersoner\"\u003eMore templates for private individuals\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"mb-faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about move-out inspections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it mandatory to perform a move-out inspection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general requirement for a specific formalized inspection report for all residential rentals. However, a documented walkthrough is often important to avoid future disputes over evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the landlord charge for normal wear and tear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNormal wear and tear from customary use is not in itself a basis for damage compensation. Liability must be assessed based on concrete circumstances and applicable rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a move-out cleaning checklist included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a separate DOCX\/PDF with checklist points for rooms, kitchen, bathroom, windows, and any auxiliary spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a receipt for key returns included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a separate receipt where issued, returned, and potentially missing access means can be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the landlord keep the deposit when the report shows a remark?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. It requires an individual assessment of contract terms, liability, and evidence. Disputed items must be distinguished from admitted ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Excel calculate how much damage compensation the tenant should pay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel only shows registered counts, statuses, and mathematical reconciliations. It does not decide liability, the reasonableness of costs, or the right to set-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre all templates in English?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Five main documents are in Swedish. A Swedish user guide and an English User Guide are included, but the main templates are not translated into English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLegal sources and version information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\/\"\u003eThe Swedish Parliament – Land Code (1970:994), Chapter 12.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hyresgastforeningen.se\/stod-och-rad\/avtal-och-juridik\/skada-i-lagenheten-vem-betalar\/\"\u003eSwedish Union of Tenants – damages in the apartment and normal wear and tear\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/bostadsratt\/vad-galler-nar-bostadsrattshavaren-har-ett-motkrav-pa-andrahandshyresgasten\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts – counterclaims and deposits in subletting\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition 1.0 – 2026\/2027. Source review October 18, 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e The templates are editable documentation aids according to Swedish law; they are not government-approved forms or externally attorney-certified special material. Always review the current agreement and legal situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55851938054486,"sku":"AVFLYTT-BES-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/avflyttningsbesiktning-2027-huvudbild.png?v=1792348015"},{"product_id":"andrahandsuthyrning-lokal-avtal-samtycke-2027","title":"Subletting of premises 2026\/2027 – Sublease agreement, Consent \u0026 Excel | Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003cdiv class=\"mb-product-copy\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubletting of commercial premises – agreement, consent, and Excel register 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDoes your company need to \u003cstrong\u003esublet commercial premises\u003c\/strong\u003e? This template package helps the primary tenant and subtenant document the lease, request the primary landlord's consent, and track possession, rent, and move-out. The templates are based on \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and should be adapted to the specific primary lease agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is not sufficient for the parties to sign a sublease agreement. For the independent use of commercial premises, the primary landlord's consent or authorization from the Rent Tribunal is generally required under Chapter 12, Sections 39–40 of the Swedish Land Code. The document is therefore designed with a specific consent clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #b9cfdf;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;background:#f2f7fb;margin:22px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 10px\"\u003e01. Package contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Word files (DOCX) + 7 searchable PDF files + 1 Excel workbook (XLSX) = 15 files.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish agreement and working documents, a Swedish user guide, and an English user guide for the main Swedish documents. Digital download in ZIP format. Document series 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:2px solid #b9cfdf;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;background:#fff;margin:22px 0\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 10px\"\u003e02. What the files contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col style=\"margin:0;padding-left:23px\"\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSublease agreement with a clause regarding consent or authorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRequest for landlord's consent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eForm for the landlord's express consent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePossession and inspection report.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMove-out and final reconciliation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish guide with legal checks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEnglish User Guide on how the Swedish templates are used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExcel register for the lease relationship, consents, rental terms, payments, and actions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFiles and practical use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border-bottom:2px solid #cad8e3;padding:9px\"\u003eFile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border-bottom:2px solid #cad8e3;padding:9px\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border-bottom:2px solid #cad8e3;padding:9px\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e01. Sublease agreement (premises)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eParties, premises, purpose, consent clause, rent, lease term, and liability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e02. Application for consent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eRequest to the primary landlord with details of premises and tenant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e03. Landlord's consent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eSeparate document for actually granted consent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e04. Possession and inspection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eCondition of premises, keys, fixtures, checklists, and reservations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e05. Move-out and closure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eMove-out inspection, deposit, financial claims, and outstanding items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e06. User guide SV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eHow to complete the agreement and identify key legal issues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003e07. English User Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px;border-bottom:1px solid #e4eaf0\"\u003eEnglish instructions explaining the Swedish documents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eDOCX\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px\"\u003e08. Excel for follow-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:9px\"\u003eNine tabs with dashboard, contract register, consents, and payment tracking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the template for subletting commercial premises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify that the primary lease is valid and that the planned use of the premises is permitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFill in the parties, premises, lease term, rent, and other contractual terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRequest the landlord's consent before the subletting takes place. If denied, authorization from the Rent Tribunal may be possible under the conditions of the law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVerify that the required consent or authorization actually exists and covers the right person, premises, and period before possession.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSign the finalized documents through authorized representatives and document possession, move-out, and financial follow-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey legal requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsent is a separate matter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The landlord's consent or the Rent Tribunal's authorization does not arise automatically when the request is filled out. The primary tenant's obligations toward the landlord remain under the primary lease and applicable law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndirect security of tenure for commercial premises.\u003c\/strong\u003e A commercial tenant may gain indirect security of tenure once the lease relationship has lasted for more than nine consecutive months. This may, among other things, raise questions regarding compensation when the agreement terminates. It does not automatically grant the right to continued rental. A potential waiver must be examined separately according to Chapter 12, Section 56 of the Swedish Land Code and may require the approval of the Rent Tribunal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual review is needed\u003c\/strong\u003e for matters such as disputes, complex termination terms, changes in business activity, potential VAT, government permits, and insurance issues. The product does not cover residential rental, cooperative housing premises, or the assignment of a primary lease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcel tool with nine working tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDashboard, Contract Register, Premises, Consents, Rental Terms, Payments, Inspection, Actions, and Read Me. The workbook has automatic summaries and administrative status selections. A registered payment, status, or request does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e mean that a legal decision has been made or that consent exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated document templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/uppsagning-hyresavtal-bostad-privatuthyrning-lokal-2026-2027\"\u003etermination of lease – commercial premises\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/dokumentmallar\"\u003eMallbutiken’s document templates\u003c\/a\u003e for other contractual and administrative needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the landlord's approval needed when subletting commercial premises?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the primary landlord's consent is generally required. In certain situations, the Rent Tribunal can grant authorization if the conditions in the law are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I sublet the premises before consent has been received?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe subletting should not commence without the required consent or authorization. An agreement with a condition precedent does not replace this requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an English version of the lease agreement included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The main templates are in Swedish. An \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Swedish documents is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it possible to contractually waive the security of tenure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis may be possible through a special agreement that meets applicable regulations. A waiver is not automatically included in this package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Excel determine if a sublease is legally approved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel contains administrative registers and calculations. Legal decisions and consents must be checked against actual documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial legal sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/jordabalk-1970994_sfs-1970-994\"\u003eThe Swedish Land Code (1970:994), specifically Chapter 12, Sections 3–4, 39–40, and 56–60\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/domstolsverket\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/hyra-i-andra-hand\/hyra-ut-lokal-i-andra-hand\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts – Subletting commercial premises\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.domstol.se\/domstolsakademin\/amnen\/hyra-bostadsratt-och-arrende\/hyra-av-bostad-och-lokal\/avtal-hyrestid-och-uppsagning\/hyra-av-lokal\/besittningsskydd-vid-hyra-av-lokal\/\"\u003eSwedish Courts – Indirect security of tenure for commercial leases\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003eVersion 2027. AI-assisted internal legal source review conducted October 20, 2026. No external legal review or guarantee for all situations. Regulatory changes after this date are not included automatically.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55905285472598,"sku":"ANDRAHAND-LOKAL-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/andrahandsuthyrning-lokal-2027-huvudbild_0d1ae1d4-5ec5-47d1-86f4-c684434bc2d8.webp?v=1792494344"}],"url":"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/en\/collections\/mallar-for-hyresavtal.oembed?page=3","provider":"Mallbutiken","version":"1.0","type":"link"}